[opensuse-translation-commit] r96895 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po - openSUSE Translation Commits

13 Sep 2016

Author: keichwa
Date: 2016-09-13 14:53:39 +0200 (Tue, 13 Sep 2016)
New Revision: 96895

Added:
   branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/alternatives.sv.po
Modified:
   branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/add-on-creator.sv.po
   branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/add-on.sv.po
   branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/audit-laf.sv.po
   branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/auth-client.sv.po
   branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/auth-server.sv.po
   branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/autoinst.sv.po
   branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/base.sv.po
   branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/bootloader.sv.po
   branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/ca-management.sv.po
   branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/cio.sv.po
   branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/cluster.sv.po
   branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/control-center.sv.po
   branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/control.sv.po
   branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/country.sv.po
   branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/crowbar.sv.po
   branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/dhcp-server.sv.po
   branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/dns-server.sv.po
   branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/docker.sv.po
   branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/drbd.sv.po
   branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/fcoe-client.sv.po
   branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/firewall-services.sv.po
   branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/firewall.sv.po
   branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/firstboot.sv.po
   branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/fonts.sv.po
   branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/ftp-server.sv.po
   branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/geo-cluster.sv.po
   branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/http-server.sv.po
   branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/inetd.sv.po
   branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/installation.sv.po
   branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/instserver.sv.po
   branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/iplb.sv.po
   branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/iscsi-client.sv.po
   branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/iscsi-lio-server.sv.po
   branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/isns.sv.po
   branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/journal.sv.po
   branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/journalctl.sv.po
   branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/kdump.sv.po
   branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/languages_db.sv.po
   branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/ldap-client.sv.po
   branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/ldap.sv.po
   branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/mail.sv.po
   branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/migration.sv.po
   branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/multipath.sv.po
   branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/network.sv.po
   branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/nfs.sv.po
   branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/nfs_server.sv.po
   branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/nis.sv.po
   branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/nis_server.sv.po
   branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/ntp-client.sv.po
   branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/oneclickinstall.sv.po
   branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/online-update-configuration.sv.po
   branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/online-update.sv.po
   branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/opensuse_mirror.sv.po
   branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/packager.sv.po
   branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/pam.sv.po
   branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/pkg-bindings.sv.po
   branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/printer.sv.po
   branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/product-creator.sv.po
   branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/proxy.sv.po
   branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/rear.sv.po
   branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/registration.sv.po
   branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/relocation-server.sv.po
   branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/s390.sv.po
   branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/samba-client.sv.po
   branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/samba-server.sv.po
   branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/samba-users.sv.po
   branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/scanner.sv.po
   branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/security.sv.po
   branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/services-manager.sv.po
   branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/slp-server.sv.po
   branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/snapper.sv.po
   branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/sound.sv.po
   branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/squid.sv.po
   branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/storage.sv.po
   branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/sudo.sv.po
   branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/support.sv.po
   branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/sysconfig.sv.po
   branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/tftp-server.sv.po
   branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/timezone_db.sv.po
   branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/tune.sv.po
   branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/update.sv.po
   branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/users.sv.po
   branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/vm.sv.po
   branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/vpn.sv.po
   branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/wol.sv.po
   branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/xpram.sv.po
   branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/yast2-apparmor.sv.po
Log:
merged

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/add-on-creator.sv.po
===================================================================

--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/add-on-creator.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:50:31 UTC (rev 96894)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/add-on-creator.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:53:39 UTC (rev 96895)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: add-on-creator\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:45\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/add-on.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/add-on.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:50:31 UTC (rev 96894)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/add-on.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:53:39 UTC (rev 96895)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: add-on\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:45\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"

Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/alternatives.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/alternatives.sv.po	                        (rev 0)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/alternatives.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:53:39 UTC (rev 96895)
@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+# Swedish message file for YaST2 (@memory@).
+# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH.
+# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG.
+# Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH.
+# Mattias Newzella <newzella@linux.nu>, 2001.
+# Gudmund Areskoug <fta@algonet.se>, 2001.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:12+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-01-04 13:30+0100\n"
+"Last-Translator: Mattias Newzella <newzella@linux.nu>\n"
+"Language-Team: Swedish <i18n@suse.de>\n"
+"Language: sv\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+
+#. Dialog for displaying possible Choices for one particular Alternative.
+#: src/lib/y2_alternatives/dialog/edit_alternative.rb:86
+msgid "Choice"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/y2_alternatives/dialog/edit_alternative.rb:86
+msgid "Priority"
+msgstr "Prioritet"
+
+#: src/lib/y2_alternatives/dialog/edit_alternative.rb:99
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Set option"
+msgid "Set choice"
+msgstr "Ange alternativ"
+
+#: src/lib/y2_alternatives/dialog/edit_alternative.rb:100
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Set up automatic online update"
+msgid "Set automatic mode"
+msgstr "Ställ in automatisk online-uppdatering"
+
+#: src/lib/y2_alternatives/dialog/edit_alternative.rb:109
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Name:"
+msgid "Name:"
+msgstr "&Namn:"
+
+#: src/lib/y2_alternatives/dialog/edit_alternative.rb:110
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Status"
+msgid "Status:"
+msgstr "Status"
+
+#: src/lib/y2_alternatives/dialog/edit_alternative.rb:111
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Current Time"
+msgid "Current choice:"
+msgstr "Aktuell tid"
+
+#. Dialog where all alternatives groups in the system are listed.
+#: src/lib/y2_alternatives/dialog/list_alternatives.rb:53
+msgid "Help"
+msgstr "Hjälp"
+
+#: src/lib/y2_alternatives/dialog/list_alternatives.rb:61
+msgid ""
+"<p>The alternatives system is used when some equivalent applications are installed in the system. For example if several implementations and versions of Java are installed, the alternatives system will be used to decide which one to use when the command \"java\" is called.</p><p>Every alternative have an status, it can be automatic or manual. In <b>automatic mode</b> the system uses the choice with higher priority. Note that <b>priority</b> is set by the packages creators trying to provide reasonable defaults. The <b>manual mode</b> is set when the user selects a choice manually.</p><p>To change the current choice of an alternative, select the alternative, click the <b>edit</b> button then select the desired choice in the table and click on the <b>set choice</b> button. If you want to have the alternative in automatic mode just click the <b>set automatic mode</b> button in the edit dialog.</p><p>Furthermore every choice has its own set of <b>slaves</b>, these will be applied in the
  system when the choice is selected.</p><p>For example, given an alternative \"editor\" that has two choices.The first choice \"/bin/ed\" with the slave:</p><pre>  editor.1.gz /usr/share/man/man1/ed.1.gz</pre><p>Another choice \"/usr/bin/vim\" with the following slaves:</p><pre>  editor.1.gz /usr/share/man/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
+"  editor.fr.1.gz /usr/share/man/fr/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
+"  editor.it.1.gz /usr/share/man/it/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
+"  editor.pl.1.gz /usr/share/man/pl/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
+"  editor.ru.1.gz /usr/share/man/ru/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
+"</pre><p>In this case if the second choice is selected all its slaves will be modified, or created if they do not exist already. If the \"/bin/ed\" choice is set afterward, the slave \"editor.1.gz\" will be modified and the others will be removed.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/y2_alternatives/dialog/list_alternatives.rb:115
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<p>All your choices will be lost when exiting with Cancel.<br>Really exit?</p>"
+msgid ""
+"All the changes will be lost if you leave with Cancel.\n"
+"Do you really want to quit?"
+msgstr "<p>Alla dina val försvinner om du avslutar med Avbryt.<br>Vill du verkligen avsluta?</p>"
+
+#: src/lib/y2_alternatives/dialog/list_alternatives.rb:143
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Current Time"
+msgid "Current choice"
+msgstr "Aktuell tid"
+
+#: src/lib/y2_alternatives/dialog/list_alternatives.rb:143
+msgid "Name"
+msgstr "Namn"
+
+#: src/lib/y2_alternatives/dialog/list_alternatives.rb:143
+msgid "Status"
+msgstr "Status"
+
+#: src/lib/y2_alternatives/dialog/list_alternatives.rb:150
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "autoyast"
+msgid "auto"
+msgstr "autoyast"
+
+#: src/lib/y2_alternatives/dialog/list_alternatives.rb:151
+msgid "manual"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/y2_alternatives/dialog/list_alternatives.rb:172
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Search in"
+msgid "Search by name"
+msgstr "Sök i"
+
+#: src/lib/y2_alternatives/dialog/list_alternatives.rb:176
+msgid "Show only alternatives with more than one choice"
+msgstr ""

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/audit-laf.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/audit-laf.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:50:31 UTC (rev 96894)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/audit-laf.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:53:39 UTC (rev 96895)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: audit-laf\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:45\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/auth-client.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/auth-client.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:50:31 UTC (rev 96894)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/auth-client.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:53:39 UTC (rev 96895)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: auth-client\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:45\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"
@@ -965,7 +965,7 @@
 msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template."
 msgstr "Åsidosätt användarens hemkatalog. Du kan antingen ange ett absolut värde eller en mall."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:228 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1213
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:228 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1251
 msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider."
 msgstr "Ange en standardmall för en användares hemkatalog om domänens dataprovider inte uttryckligen har angett en."
 
@@ -985,7 +985,7 @@
 msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine."
 msgstr "Standardskalet som ska användas om ett tillåtet skal inte är installerat på datorn."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:249 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1217
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:249 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1255
 msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup."
 msgstr "Standardskalet som ska användas om providern inte returnerar något under sökningen."
 
@@ -1014,8 +1014,8 @@
 msgstr "För alla PAM-förfrågningar som görs när SSSD är online kommer SSSD att genast försöka uppdatera användarens cachelagrade identitetsinformation för att säkerställa att autentiseringen utförs med den senaste informationen."
 
 #. The kerberos domain section
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:296 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:815
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1100
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:296 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:809
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1138
 msgid "Display a warning N days before the password expires."
 msgstr "Visa en varning N dagar innan lösenordet upphör att gälla."
 
@@ -1207,528 +1207,573 @@
 msgid "(Active Directory specific) Use token-groups attribute if available"
 msgstr "(Active Directory-specifik) Använd tokengruppsattribut om det är tillgängligt"
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:595
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:594
 msgid "URIs (ldap://) of LDAP servers (comma separated)"
 msgstr "URI:er (ldap://) för LDAP-servrar (kommaavgränsade)"
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:601
-msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules."
-msgstr "Bas-DN som används som standard för att köra sudo-regler för LDAP."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:599
+msgid "An optional base DN to restrict LDAP sudo-rule searches. The default value is ldap_search_base."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:606
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:603
 msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference."
 msgstr "Anger den kommaavgränsade listan med URI:er för LDAP-servrarna som SSSD ska ansluta till i angiven prioritetsordning."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:612 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:618
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:608 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:613
 msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user."
 msgstr "Anger den kommaavgränsade listan med URI:er för LDAP-servrarna som SSSD ska ansluta till i angiven prioritetsordning för att ändra en användares lösenord."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:624
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:618
 msgid "Base DN for LDAP search"
 msgstr "Bas-DN för LDAP-sökning"
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:631
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:625
 msgid "LDAP schema type"
 msgstr "LDAP-schematyp"
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:635
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:629
 msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations."
 msgstr "Det bindnings-DN som ska användas som standard för att utföra LDAP-åtgärder."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:641
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:635
 msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN."
 msgstr "Typen för autentiseringstoken för det bindnings-DN som används som standard."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:645
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:639
 msgid "The authentication token of the default bind DN."
 msgstr "Autentiseringstoken för det bindnings-DN som används som standard."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:650
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:644
 msgid "The object class of a user entry in LDAP."
 msgstr "Objektklassen för en användarpost i LDAP."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:655
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:649
 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's login name."
 msgstr "Det LDAP-attribut som motsvarar användarens inloggningsnamn."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:660
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:654
 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's id."
 msgstr "Det LDAP-attribut som motsvarar användarens ID."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:665
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:659
 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's primary group id."
 msgstr "Det LDAP-attribut som motsvarar användarens primära grupp-ID."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:670
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:664
 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's gecos field."
 msgstr "Det LDAP-attribut som motsvarar användarens gecos-fält."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:675
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:669
 msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory."
 msgstr " Det LDAP-attribut som innehåller namnet på användarens hemkatalog."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:680
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:674
 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the path to the user's default shell."
 msgstr "Det LDAP-attribut som innehåller sökvägen till användarens standardskal."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:685
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:679
 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP user object."
 msgstr "Det LDAP-attribut som innehåller UUID/GUID för ett LDAP-användarobjekt."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:690
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:684
 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP user object."
 msgstr "Det LDAP-attribut som innehåller objectSID för ett LDAP-användarobjekt."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:695 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:900
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:689 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:894
 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object."
 msgstr "Det LDAP-attribut som innehåller tidsstämpeln för den senaste ändringen av det överordnade objektet."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:700
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:694
 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)."
 msgstr "Om ldap_pwd_policy=shadow används innehåller den här parametern namnet på ett LDAP-attribut som motsvarar dess shadow(5)-motsvarighet (datumet för den senaste lösenordsändringen)."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:705
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:699
 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)."
 msgstr "Om ldap_pwd_policy=shadow används innehåller den här parametern namnet på ett LDAP-attribut som motsvarar dess shadow(5)-motsvarighet (minsta lösenordsålder)."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:710
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:704
 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)."
 msgstr "Om ldap_pwd_policy=shadow används innehåller den här parametern namnet på ett LDAP-attribut som motsvarar dess shadow(5)-motsvarighet (högsta lösenordsålder)."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:715
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:709
 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)."
 msgstr "Om ldap_pwd_policy=shadow används innehåller den här parametern namnet på ett LDAP-attribut som motsvarar dess shadow(5)-motsvarighet (perioden för lösenordsvarning)."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:720
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:714
 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)."
 msgstr "Om ldap_pwd_policy=shadow används innehåller den här parametern namnet på ett LDAP-attribut som motsvarar dess shadow(5)-motsvarighet (perioden för lösenordsinaktivitet)."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:725
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:719
 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)."
 msgstr "Om ldap_pwd_policy=shadow eller ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow används innehåller den här parametern namnet på ett LDAP-attribut som motsvarar dess shadow(5)-motsvarighet (kontots förfallodatum)."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:730
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:724
 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos."
 msgstr "Om ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos används innehåller den här parametern namnet på ett LDAP-attribut som lagrar datumet och tiden för den senaste lösenordsändringen i kerberos."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:735
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:729
 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires."
 msgstr "Om ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos används innehåller den här parametern namnet på ett LDAP-attribut som lagrar datumet och tiden då det aktuella lösenordet upphör att gälla."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:740
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:734
 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account."
 msgstr "Om ldap_account_expire_policy=ad används innehåller den här parametern namnet på ett LDAP-attribut som lagrar förfallotiden för kontot."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:745
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:739
 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field."
 msgstr "Om ldap_account_expire_policy=ad används innehåller den här parametern namnet på ett LDAP-attribut som lagrar bitfältet för användarkontokontroll."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:750
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:744
 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not."
 msgstr "Om ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds eller något likvärdigt används anger den här parametern om åtkomst tillåts eller inte."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:755
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:749
 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not."
 msgstr "Om ldap_account_expire_policy=nds används anger det här attributet om åtkomst tillåts eller inte."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:760
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:754
 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted."
 msgstr "Om ldap_account_expire_policy=nds används anger det här attributet fram till vilket datum som åtkomst beviljas."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:765
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:759
 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted."
 msgstr "Om ldap_account_expire_policy=nds används anger det här attributet vilka timmar under en dag i en vecka då åtkomst beviljas."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:770
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:764
 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)."
 msgstr "Det LDAP-attribut som innehåller användarens Kerberos-UPN (User Principal Name)."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:774
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:768
 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's SSH public keys."
 msgstr "Det LDAP-attribut som innehåller användarens offentliga SSH-nycklar."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:779
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:773
 msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail."
 msgstr "Vissa katalogservrar, t.ex. Active Directory, kan skicka områdesdelen av UPN-namnet i gemener, vilket kan leda till att autentiseringen misslyckas."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:780
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:774
 msgid "Set this option to true if you want to use an upper-case realm."
 msgstr "Ange det här alternativet till sant om du vill använda ett område i versaler."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:785
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:779
 msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records."
 msgstr "Anger i hur många sekunder som SSSD måste vänta innan dess cacheminne med uppräknade poster uppdateras."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:790
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:784
 msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space."
 msgstr "Ange hur ofta cacheminnet ska genomsökas efter inaktiva poster (t.ex. grupper utan medlemmar och användare som aldrig har loggat in) och ta bort dem för att spara utrymme."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:795
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:789
 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name."
 msgstr "Det LDAP-attribut som motsvarar användarens fullständiga namn."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:800
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:794
 msgid "The LDAP attribute that lists the user's group memberships."
 msgstr "Det LDAP-attribut som visar användarens gruppmedlemskap."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:805
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:799
 msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege."
 msgstr "Om access_provider=ldap och ldap_access_order=authorized_service används, använder SSSD attributet authorizedService i användarens LDAP-post för att kontrollera åtkomstbehörigheter."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:810
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:804
 msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege."
 msgstr "Om access_provider=ldap och ldap_access_order=host används, använder SSSD värddatorattributet i användarens LDAP-post för att kontrollera åtkomstbehörigheter."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:820
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:814
 msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP."
 msgstr "Objektklassen för en gruppost i LDAP."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:825
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:819
 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group name."
 msgstr "Det LDAP-attribut som motsvarar gruppnamnet."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:830
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:824
 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group's id."
 msgstr "Det LDAP-attribut som motsvarar gruppens ID."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:835
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:829
 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the group's members."
 msgstr "Det LDAP-attribut som innehåller namnen på gruppens medlemmar."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:840
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:834
 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP group object."
 msgstr "Det LDAP-attribut som innehåller UUID/GUID för ett LDAP-gruppobjekt."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:845
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:839
 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP group object."
 msgstr "Det LDAP-attribut som innehåller objectSID för ett LDAP-gruppobjekt."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:850
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:844
 msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object."
 msgstr " Det LDAP-attribut som innehåller tidsstämpeln för den senaste ändringen av det överordnade objektet."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:856
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:850
 msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow."
 msgstr "Om ett schemaformat som stöder kapslade grupper (t.ex. RFC2307bis) används för ldap_schema avgör det här alternativet hur många nivåers kapsling som SSSD följer."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:862
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:856
 msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups."
 msgstr "Det här alternativet beordrar SSSD att använda en Active Directory-specifik funktion som kan snabba upp gruppsökningar i distributioner med komplexa eller djupt kapslade grupper."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:868
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:862
 msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)."
 msgstr "Det här alternativet beordrar SSSD att använda en Active Directory-specifik funktion som kan snabba upp initgroups-åtgärder (framför allt i samband med komplexa eller djupt kapslade grupper)."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:874
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:868
 msgid "           The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP."
 msgstr "           Objektklassen för en nätgruppspost i LDAP."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:880
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:874
 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the netgroup name."
 msgstr "Det LDAP-attribut som motsvarar nätgruppens namn."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:885
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:879
 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the netgroup's members."
 msgstr "Det LDAP-attribut som innehåller namnen på nätgruppens medlemmar."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:890
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:884
 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples."
 msgstr "Det LDAP-attribut som innehåller nätgruppens tripplar (värddator, användare, domän)."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:895
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:889
 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object."
 msgstr "Det LDAP-attribut som innehåller UUID/GUID för ett LDAP-nätgruppsobjekt."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:905
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:899
 msgid "The object class of a service entry in LDAP."
 msgstr "Objektklassen för en tjänstpost i LDAP."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:910
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:904
 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases."
 msgstr "Det LDAP-attribut som innehåller namnet på tjänstattribut och deras alias."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:915
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:909
 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the port managed by this service."
 msgstr "Det LDAP-attribut som innehåller porten som hanteras av den här tjänsten."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:920
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:914
 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service."
 msgstr "Det LDAP-attribut som innehåller protokollen som den här tjänsten förstår."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:926
-msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:919
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type."
+msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP service searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base."
 msgstr "Ett valfritt bas-DN, sökomfång och LDAP-filter som begränsar LDAP-sökningar av den här typen av attribut."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:931
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:924
 msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)."
 msgstr " Anger i hur många sekunder ldap-sökningar tillåts att köra innan de avbryts och cachelagrade resultat returneras (och offlineläge aktiveras)."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:936
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:929
 msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)."
 msgstr "Anger i hur många sekunder ldap-sökningar efter användar- och gruppuppräkningar tillåts att köra innan de avbryts och cachelagrade resultat returneras (och offlineläge aktiveras)."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:941
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:934
 msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity."
 msgstr "Anger efter hur många sekunder en poll(2)/select(2) som följer en connect(2) returnerar cachelagrade resultat om ingen aktivitet observeras."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:946
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:939
 msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received."
 msgstr "Anger efter hur många sekunder anrop till synkrona LDAP-API:er avbryts om inget svar mottas."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:951
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:944
 msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained."
 msgstr "Anger i hur många sekunder anslutningen till en LDAP-server upprätthålls."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:956
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:949
 msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request."
 msgstr "Ange hur många poster som ska hämtas från LDAP i samma begäran. Vissa LDAP-servrar kräver en högsta gräns per begäran."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:961
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:954
 msgid "Disable the LDAP paging control."
 msgstr "Inaktivera LDAP-växlingskontroll."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:965
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:958
 msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection."
 msgstr "Ange den minsta säkerhetsnivån som krävs för att upprätta en anslutning vid kommunikation med en LDAP-server."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:970
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:963
 msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup."
 msgstr "Ange hur många gruppmedlemmar som måste saknas i det interna cacheminnet för att en avrefereringssökning ska utlösas."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:977
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:970
 msgid "Validate server certification in LDAP TLS session"
 msgstr "Validera servercertifiering i LDAP TLS-session"
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:981
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:974
 msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize."
 msgstr "Anger filen som innehåller certifikat för alla certifikatutfärdare som sssd känner igen."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:985
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:978
 msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files."
 msgstr "Anger sökvägen för en katalog som innehåller CA-certifikat i separata, enskilda filer."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:989
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:982
 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key."
 msgstr "Anger filen som innehåller certifikatet för klientens nyckel."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:993
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:986
 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key."
 msgstr "Anger filen som innehåller klientens nyckel."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:998
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:991
 msgid "Specifies acceptable cipher suites."
 msgstr "Anger godtagbara chifferserier."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1003
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:996
 msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel."
 msgstr "Anger att id_provider-anslutningen även måste skydda kanalen genom att använda tls."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1008
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1001
 msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number."
 msgstr "Anger att SSSD ska försöka mappa användar- och grupp-ID:n från attributen ldap_user_objectsid och ldap_group_objectsid i stället för att använda ldap_user_uid_number och ldap_group_gid_number."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1012
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1005
 msgid "Specify the SASL mechanism to use."
 msgstr "Ange vilken SASL-mekanism som ska användas."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1017
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1010
 msgid "Specify the SASL authorization id to use."
 msgstr "Ange vilket SASL-auktoriserings-ID som ska användas."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1022
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1015
 msgid "Specify the SASL realm to use."
 msgstr "Ange vilket SASL-område som ska användas."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1027
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1020
 msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind."
 msgstr "Om värdet är sant utför LDAP-biblioteket en omvänd sökning för att kanonisera värddatornamnet under en SASL-bindning."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1032
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1025
 msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI."
 msgstr "Ange vilken keytab som ska användas när SASL/GSSAPI används."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1037
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1030
 msgid "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT)."
 msgstr "Anger att id_provider ska initiera Kerberos-uppgifter (TGT)."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1042
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1035
 msgid "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI is used."
 msgstr "Anger livslängden i sekunder för den biljettbeviljande biljetten (TGT) om GSSAPI används."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1047
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1040
 msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side."
 msgstr "Välj vilken princip som ska användas för att utvärdera förfallodatumet för lösenord på klientsidan."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1052
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1045
 msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled."
 msgstr "Anger om automatisk referensspårning ska aktiveras."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1057
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1050
 msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled."
 msgstr "Anger vilket tjänstnamn som ska användas när tjänstidentifiering är aktiverat."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1061
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1054
 msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled."
 msgstr "Anger vilket tjänstnamn som ska användas för att söka efter en LDAP-server som tillåter lösenordsändringar när tjänstidentifiering är aktiverat."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1066
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1059
 msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation."
 msgstr "Anger om attributet ldap_user_shadow_last_change ska uppdateras med antalet dagar sedan den senaste lösenordsändringen."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1071
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1064
 msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host."
 msgstr "Vid användning av access_provider = ldap och ldap_access_order = filter (standard) är detta alternativ obligatoriskt. Det anger ett LDAP-sökfiltervillkor som måste uppfyllas för att användaren ska få åtkomst till denna värddator."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1076
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1069
 msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled."
 msgstr " Med det här alternativet kan du aktivera en utvärdering av attribut för åtkomstkontroll på klientsidan."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1082
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1075
 msgid "Comma separated list of access control options."
 msgstr "Kommaavgränsad lista med alternativ för åtkomstkontroll."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1087
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1080
 msgid "Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search."
 msgstr "Anger hur avreferering av alias utförs när en sökning körs."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1092
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1085
 msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema."
 msgstr "Gör det möjligt att behålla lokala användare som medlemmar i en LDAP-grupp för servrar som använder RFC2307-schemat."
 
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1090
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type."
+msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP autofs searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base."
+msgstr "Ett valfritt bas-DN, sökomfång och LDAP-filter som begränsar LDAP-sökningar av den här typen av attribut."
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1095
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type."
+msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP group searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base."
+msgstr "Ett valfritt bas-DN, sökomfång och LDAP-filter som begränsar LDAP-sökningar av den här typen av attribut."
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1100
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type."
+msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP netgroup searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base."
+msgstr "Ett valfritt bas-DN, sökomfång och LDAP-filter som begränsar LDAP-sökningar av den här typen av attribut."
+
 #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1105
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type."
+msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP user searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base."
+msgstr "Ett valfritt bas-DN, sökomfång och LDAP-filter som begränsar LDAP-sökningar av den här typen av attribut."
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1110 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1120
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP."
+msgid "The object class of an automount map entry in LDAP."
+msgstr "Objektklassen för en gruppost i LDAP."
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1115
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP."
+msgid "The name of an automount map entry in LDAP."
+msgstr "Objektklassen för en gruppost i LDAP."
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1125 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1130
+msgid "The key of an automount entry in LDAP. The entry usually corresponds to a mount point."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1143
 msgid "IP address or host names of Kerberos servers (comma separated)"
 msgstr "IP-adress eller värdnamn för Kerberos-servrar (kommaavgränsade)"
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1109
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1147
 msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference."
 msgstr "Anger den kommaavgränsade listan med IP-adresser eller värddatornamn för de Kerberos-servrar som SSSD ska ansluta till, i angiven prioritetsordning."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1114
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1152
 msgid "Kerberos realm (e.g. EXAMPLE.COM)"
 msgstr "Kerberos-sfär (t.ex. EXEMPEL.COM)"
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1118 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1123
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1156 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1161
 msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here."
 msgstr "Om tjänsten för lösenordsändring inte körs på KDC kan du ange alternativa servrar här."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1128
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1166
 msgid "Directory to store credential caches."
 msgstr "Katalog för cachelagring av inloggningsuppgifter."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1133
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1171
 msgid "Location of the user's credential cache."
 msgstr "Platsen för användarens cacheminne för användaruppgifter."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1138
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1176
 msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted."
 msgstr " Anger efter hur många sekunder en begäran om autentisering online eller en begäran om lösenordsändring avbryts."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1143
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1181
 msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed."
 msgstr "Använd krb5_keytab och verifiera att den erhållna biljettbeviljande biljetten (TGT) inte har förfalskats."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1148
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1186
 msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs."
 msgstr "Platsen för den keytab som ska användas för att verifiera uppgifter som erhålls från KDC:er."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1153
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1191
 msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again."
 msgstr "Lagra lösenordet för användaren om providern är offline och använd det för att begära en biljettbeviljande biljett (TGT) när providern är online igen."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1157
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1195
 msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit."
 msgstr "Begär en förnybar biljett med en total livslängd, uttryckt som ett heltal följt av en tidsenhet."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1161
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1199
 msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit."
 msgstr "Begär en biljett med en livslängd, som anges som ett heltal direkt följt av en tidsenhet."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1165
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1203
 msgid "The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed."
 msgstr "Tiden i antal sekunder mellan två kontroller om den biljettbeviljande biljetten (TGT) ska förnyas."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1170
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1208
 msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication."
 msgstr "Aktiverar FAST (Flexible Authentication Secure Tunneling) för Kerberos-förautentisering."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1174
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1212
 msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST."
 msgstr "Anger vilket serversäkerhetsobjekt som ska användas för FAST."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1179
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1217
 msgid "Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized."
 msgstr "Anger om säkerhetsobjektet för värddatorer och användare ska kanoniseras."
 
 #. The Active Directory domain section
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1191
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1229
 msgid "Specifies the name of the Active Directory domain."
 msgstr "Anger namnet på Active Directory-domänen."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1196
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1234
 msgid "IP addresses or host names of AD servers (comma separated)"
 msgstr "IP-adresser eller värdnamn för AD-servrar (kommaavgränsade)"
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1200
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1238
 msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference."
 msgstr "Den kommaavgränsade listan med IP-adresser eller värddatornamn för AD-servrar som SSSD ska ansluta till i angiven prioritetsordning."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1205
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1243
 msgid "AD hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by AD to identify this host."
 msgstr "AD-värdnamn (frivilligt) – kan anges om värdnamn(5) inte återspeglar FQDN som används av AD för att identifiera den här värden."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1209
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1247
 msgid "Override the user's home directory."
 msgstr "Åsidosätt användarens hemkatalog."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1222
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1260
 msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs."
 msgstr " Anger den lägsta gränsen för intervallet med POSIX-ID:n som ska användas för att mappa användar- och grupp-SID:n i Active Directory."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1227
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1265
 msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs."
 msgstr "Anger den övre gränsen för intervallet med POSIX-ID:n som ska användas för att mappa användar- och grupp-SID:n i Active Directory."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1232
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1270
 msgid "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice."
 msgstr "Anger hur många ID:n som är tillgängliga för varje sektor."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1236
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1274
 msgid "Specify the domain SID of the default domain."
 msgstr "Ange standarddomänens domän-SID."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1240
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1278
 msgid "Specify the name of the default domain."
 msgstr "Ange standarddomänens namn."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1245
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1283
 msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm."
 msgstr "Ändrar ID-mappningsalgoritmens beteende så att den beter sig mer som winbinds \"idmap_autorid\"-algoritm."
 
 #. The Active Directory domain section
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1257
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1295
 msgid "Specifies the name of the IPA domain."
 msgstr "Anger IPA-domänens namn."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1262
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1300
 msgid "IP addresses or host names of IPA servers (comma separated)"
 msgstr "IP-adresser eller värdnamn för IPA-servrar (kommaavgränsade)"
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1267
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1305
 msgid "IPA hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by IPA to identify this host."
 msgstr "IPA-värdnamn (frivilligt) – kan anges om värdnamn(5) inte återspeglar FQDN som används av IPA för att identifiera den här värden."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1272
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1310
 msgid "The automounter location this IPA client will be using."
 msgstr "Platsen för den automatiska monterare som IPA-klienten ska använda."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1277
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1315
 msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client."
 msgstr "Detta alternativ anger att SSSD automatiskt ska uppdatera DNS-servern som är inbyggd i FreeIPA v2 med IP-adressen för denna klient."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1282
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1320
 msgid "The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it."
 msgstr "Den TTL som ska tillämpas på klientens DNS-post när den uppdateras."
 
-#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1286
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1324
 msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates."
 msgstr "Välj det gränssnitt vars IP-adress ska användas för dynamiska DNS-uppdateringar."
+
+#~ msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules."
+#~ msgstr "Bas-DN som används som standard för att köra sudo-regler för LDAP."

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/auth-server.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/auth-server.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:50:31 UTC (rev 96894)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/auth-server.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:53:39 UTC (rev 96895)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: auth-server\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:45\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"
@@ -492,6 +492,11 @@
 msgid "Provider Hostname"
 msgstr "Leverantörsvärdnamn"
 
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1150 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1613
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1710
+msgid "Port"
+msgstr "Port"
+
 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1618
 msgid "Use StartTLS"
 msgstr "Använd StartTLS"
@@ -2813,10 +2818,6 @@
 msgid "Provider Name"
 msgstr "Leverantörsnamn"
 
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1613 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1710
-msgid "Port"
-msgstr "Port"
-
 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1631
 msgid "Replication Type"
 msgstr "Replikeringstyp"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/autoinst.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/autoinst.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:50:31 UTC (rev 96894)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/autoinst.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:53:39 UTC (rev 96895)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: autoinst\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-18 09:50\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"
@@ -611,55 +611,55 @@
 
 #. ReportingDialog()
 #. @return sumbol
-#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:103
+#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:99
 msgid "Messages"
 msgstr "Meddelanden"
 
-#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:109
+#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:105
 msgid "Sho&w messages"
 msgstr "&Visa meddelanden"
 
-#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:117
+#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:113
 msgid "Lo&g messages"
 msgstr "Log&gmeddelanden"
 
-#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:128
+#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:124
 msgid "&Time-out (in sec.)"
 msgstr "&Timeout (i sek.)"
 
-#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:140
+#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:136
 msgid "Warnings"
 msgstr "Varningar"
 
-#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:146
+#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:142
 msgid "Sh&ow warnings"
 msgstr "Visa varnin&gar"
 
-#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:154
+#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:150
 msgid "Log wa&rnings"
 msgstr "Loggva&rningar"
 
-#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:165
+#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:161
 msgid "Time-out (in s&ec.)"
 msgstr "Timeout (i s&ek.)"
 
-#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:177
+#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:173
 msgid "Errors"
 msgstr "Fel"
 
-#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:183
+#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:179
 msgid "Show error&s"
 msgstr "Vi&sa fel"
 
-#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:191
+#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:187
 msgid "&Log errors"
 msgstr "&Loggfel"
 
-#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:202
+#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:198
 msgid "Time-o&ut (in sec.)"
 msgstr "Timeo&ut (i sek.)"
 
-#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:217
+#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:213
 msgid ""
 "<p>Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-out)\n"
 "installation messages.</p> \n"
@@ -667,7 +667,7 @@
 "<p>Beroende på din erfarenhet kan du hoppa över, logga och visa (med timeout)\n"
 "installationsmeddelanden.</p> \n"
 
-#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:223
+#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:219
 msgid ""
 "<p>It is recommended to show all  <b>messages</b> with time-out.\n"
 "Warnings can be skipped in some places, but should not be ignored.</p>\n"
@@ -675,7 +675,7 @@
 "<p>Du rekommenderas att visa alla <b>meddelanden</b> med timeout.\n"
 "Varningar kan på vissa platser hoppas över men bör inte ignoreras.</p>\n"
 
-#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:230
+#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:226
 msgid "Messages and Logging"
 msgstr "Meddelanden och loggning"
 
@@ -972,7 +972,7 @@
 #. Shows a dialog when 'control file' can't be found
 #. @param [String] original Original value
 #. @return [String] new value
-#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:21
+#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:22
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "A profile for this machine could not be found or retrieved.\n"
@@ -990,11 +990,11 @@
 "använder regel- eller datornamnkontrollfiler måste du starta om\n"
 "installationsprocessen och se till så att filerna kan kommas åt.</p>\n"
 
-#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:30
+#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:31
 msgid "System Profile Location"
 msgstr "Plats för systemprofil"
 
-#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:45
+#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:46
 msgid "&Profile Location:"
 msgstr "&Profilplats:"
 
@@ -1002,11 +1002,11 @@
 #. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as
 #. installation target
 #. heading text
-#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:117
+#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:118
 msgid "Choose a hard disk"
 msgstr "Välj hårddisk"
 
-#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:124
+#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:125
 msgid "No disks found."
 msgstr "Hittade inga diskar."
 
@@ -1015,7 +1015,7 @@
 #. "Preparing Hard Disk - Step 1" is the description of the dialog what to
 #. do while the following locale is the help description
 #. help part 1 of 1
-#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:132
+#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:133
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "All hard disks automatically detected on your system\n"
@@ -1028,13 +1028,13 @@
 "</p>"
 
 #. force help text width
-#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:154
+#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:155
 msgid "Hard Disk Selection"
 msgstr "Välj hårddisk"
 
 #. there is a selection from that one option has to be
 #. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen
-#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:177
+#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:178
 msgid "Select one of the options to continue."
 msgstr "Välj ett alternativ för att fortsätta."
 
@@ -2258,45 +2258,61 @@
 
 #. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes
 #. comment will look like this: "(description=BLA BLA)"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:279
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:289
 msgid "Choose Profile"
 msgstr "Välj profil"
 
+#. Nothing returned by SLP query
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:312
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in %s."
+msgid "No 'autoyast' provider has been found via SLP."
+msgstr "Den resulterande autoyast-profilen finns i %s."
+
+#. There is no profile defined/found anywhere
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:357
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "AutoYaST Profile: %1"
+msgid ""
+"Invalid AutoYaST profile URL\n"
+"%{url}"
+msgstr "AutoYaST-profil: %1"
+
 #. SetProtocolMessage ()
 #. @return [void]
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:335
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:384
 msgid "Retrieving control file from floppy."
 msgstr "Hämtar kontrollfil från diskett."
 
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:338
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:387
 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from TFTP server: %2."
 msgstr "Hämtar kontrollfil (%1) från TFTP-server: %2."
 
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:344
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:393
 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from NFS server: %2."
 msgstr "Hämtar kontrollfil (%1) från NFS-server: %2."
 
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:350
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:399
 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from HTTP server: %2."
 msgstr "Hämtar kontrollfil (%1) från HTTP-server: %2."
 
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:356
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:405
 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from FTP server: %2."
 msgstr "Hämtar kontrollfil (%1) från FTP-server: %2."
 
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:362
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:411
 msgid "Copying control file from file: %1."
 msgstr "Kopierar kontrollfil från fil: %1."
 
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:367
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:416
 msgid "Copying control file from device: /dev/%1."
 msgstr "Kopierar kontrollfil från enhet: /dev/%1."
 
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:371
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:420
 msgid "Copying control file from default location."
 msgstr "Kopierar kontrollfil från standardplats."
 
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:373
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:422
 msgid "Source unknown."
 msgstr "Okänd källa."
 
@@ -2306,7 +2322,7 @@
 #. {
 #. local_rules_file = (string)WFM::Args(1);
 #. }
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:453
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:502
 msgid ""
 "<h3>AutoYaST Configuration Management System</h3>\n"
 "<p>Almost all resources of the control file can be\n"
@@ -2316,7 +2332,7 @@
 "<p>Nästan alla kontrollfilsresurser kan\n"
 "ställas in med inställningshanteringssystemet.</p>\n"
 
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:458
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:507
 msgid ""
 "<p>Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n"
 "through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n"
@@ -2330,7 +2346,7 @@
 "installera ett annat system med hjälp av AutoYaST.\n"
 "</p>\n"
 
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:465
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:514
 msgid ""
 "<p>In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n"
 "new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n"
@@ -2460,7 +2476,7 @@
 
 #. if no feeder (PV) was found for current volume group
 #. the next instructions taints result
-#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:282
+#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:289
 msgid "Volume group '%1' must have at least one physical volume. Provide one."
 msgstr "Volymgruppen %1 måste ha minst en fysisk volym. Ange en."
 
@@ -2470,67 +2486,67 @@
 #. @return  [String] configuration summary dialog
 #. return Summary of configuration
 #. @return  [String] configuration summary dialog
-#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:691 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913
+#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:703 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913
 msgid "Drives"
 msgstr "Enheter"
 
 #. We are counting harddisks only (type CT_DISK)
-#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:697
+#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:709
 msgid "%s drive in total"
 msgid_plural "%s drives in total"
 msgstr[0] "%s enhet totalt"
 msgstr[1] "%s enheter totalt"
 
-#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:716
+#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:728
 msgid "Not yet cloned."
 msgstr "Kloning ännu inte genomförd."
 
 #. Return Summary
 #. @return [String] summary
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:329
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:343
 msgid "Preinstallation Scripts"
 msgstr "Förinstallationsskript"
 
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:342
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:356
 msgid "Postinstallation Scripts"
 msgstr "Efterinstallationsskript"
 
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:355
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:369
 msgid "Chroot Scripts"
 msgstr "Chroot-skript"
 
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:368
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:382
 msgid "Init Scripts"
 msgstr "Init-skript"
 
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:381
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:395
 msgid "Postpartitioning Scripts"
 msgstr "Skript för postpartitionering"
 
 #. return type of script as formatted string
 #. @param script type
 #. @return [String] type as translated string
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:476
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:490
 msgid "Pre"
 msgstr "Före"
 
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:478
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:492
 msgid "Post"
 msgstr "Efter"
 
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:480
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:494
 msgid "Init"
 msgstr "Init"
 
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:482
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:496
 msgid "Chroot"
 msgstr "Chroot"
 
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:484
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:498
 msgid "Postpartitioning"
 msgstr "Postpartitionering"
 
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:486
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:500
 msgid "Unknown"
 msgstr "Okänd"
 

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/base.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/base.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:50:31 UTC (rev 96894)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/base.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:53:39 UTC (rev 96895)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: base\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-18 09:50\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"
@@ -1682,13 +1682,13 @@
 msgstr "&Detaljer..."
 
 #. translators: summary header for messages generated through autoinstallation
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:101
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:103
 msgid "Messages"
 msgstr "Meddelanden"
 
 #. Report configuration - will be normal messages displayed?
 #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No"
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:109
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:111
 msgid "Display Messages: %1"
 msgstr "Visa meddelanden: %1"
 
@@ -1699,23 +1699,23 @@
 #. translators: summary if the errors should be displayed
 #. translators: summary if the errors should be written to log file
 #. TRANSLATORS: human text for Boolean value
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:111
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:127
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:141
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:113
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:129
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:143
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:159
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:173
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:189
 #: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:90
 #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101
 msgid "Yes"
 msgstr "ja"
 
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:111
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:127
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:141
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:113
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:129
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:143
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:159
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:173
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:189
 #: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:89
 #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101
 msgid "No"
@@ -1723,76 +1723,76 @@
 
 #. Report configuration - will have normal messages timeout?
 #. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:118
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:120
 msgid "Time-out Messages: %1"
 msgstr "Timeout-meddelanden: %1"
 
 #. Report configuration - will be normal messages logged to file?
 #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No"
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:125
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:127
 msgid "Log Messages: %1"
 msgstr "Loggmeddelanden: %1"
 
 #. translators: summary header for warnings generated through autoinstallation
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:132
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:134
 msgid "Warnings"
 msgstr "Varningar"
 
 #. Report configuration - will be warning messages displayed?
 #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No"
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:139
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:141
 msgid "Display Warnings: %1"
 msgstr "Visa varningar: %1"
 
 #. Report configuration - will have warning messages timeout?
 #. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:148
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:150
 msgid "Time-out Warnings: %1"
 msgstr "Timeout-varningar: %1"
 
 #. Report configuration - will be warning messages logged to file?
 #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No"
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:155
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157
 msgid "Log Warnings: %1"
 msgstr "Loggvarningar: %1"
 
 #. translators: summary header for errors generated through autoinstallation
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:162
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:164
 msgid "Errors"
 msgstr "Fel"
 
 #. Report configuration - will be error messages displayed?
 #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No"
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:169
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171
 msgid "Display Errors: %1"
 msgstr "Visa fel: %1"
 
 #. Report configuration - will have error messages timeout?
 #. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:178
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:180
 msgid "Time-out Errors: %1"
 msgstr "Timeout-fel: %1"
 
 #. Report configuration - will be error messages logged to file?
 #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No"
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:185
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187
 msgid "Log Errors: %1"
 msgstr "Loggfel: %1"
 
 #. translators: warnings summary header
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:664
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:668
 msgid "Warning:"
 msgstr "Varning:"
 
 #. translators: errors summary header
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:681
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:685
 msgid "Error:"
 msgstr "Fel:"
 
 #. translators: message summary header
 #. translators: message summary header
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:698
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:715
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:702
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:719
 msgid "Message:"
 msgstr "Meddelande:"
 
@@ -3399,7 +3399,7 @@
 
 #. popup heading
 #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3070
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3065
 msgid "Package: "
 msgstr "Paket:"
 
@@ -3561,15 +3561,15 @@
 msgstr "Anv&ändarnamn"
 
 #. check box
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3005
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3000
 msgid "Show &details"
 msgstr "Visa &detaljer"
 
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3071
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3066
 msgid "Size: "
 msgstr "Storlek:"
 
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3094
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3089
 msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1"
 msgstr "Återstående tid till automatiskt nytt försök: %1"
 

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/bootloader.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/bootloader.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:50:31 UTC (rev 96894)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/bootloader.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:53:39 UTC (rev 96895)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: bootloader\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-18 09:50\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"
@@ -205,11 +205,11 @@
 msgstr "Ändra plats: %s"
 
 #. Represents bootloader timeout value
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:53
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:54
 msgid "&Timeout in Seconds"
 msgstr "&Timeout i sekunder"
 
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:57
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:58
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>Timeout in Seconds</b><br>\n"
 "Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.</p>\n"
@@ -218,11 +218,11 @@
 "Anger hur länge starthanteraren gör uppehåll innan standardkärnan läses in.</p>\n"
 
 #. Represents decision if bootloader need activated partition
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:89
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:90
 msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition"
 msgstr "Ange &aktiv flagga i partitionstabell för startpartition"
 
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:93
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:94
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b><br>\n"
 "To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n"
@@ -235,11 +235,11 @@
 "starthanteraren installerats i MBR.</p>"
 
 #. Represents decision if generic MBR have to be installed on disk
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:120
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:121
 msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR"
 msgstr "Skriv &generisk startkod till MBR"
 
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:124
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:125
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b> replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n"
 "boots the active partition).</p>"
@@ -248,48 +248,48 @@
 "startar den aktiva partitionen).</p>"
 
 #. Represents decision if menu should be hidden or visible
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:149
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:150
 msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot"
 msgstr "&Dölj meny vid start"
 
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:153
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:154
 msgid "<p>Selecting <b>Hide Menu on Boot</b> will hide the boot menu.</p>"
 msgstr "<p>Om du väljer <b>Dölj menyn vid start</b> visas inte startmenyn.</p>"
 
 #. Represents if os prober should be run
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:172
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:173
 msgid "Pro&be Foreign OS"
 msgstr "Identif&iera främmande OS"
 
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:176
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:177
 msgid "<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution </p>"
 msgstr "<p><b>Identifiera främmande OS</b> med en OS-identifierare för flervalsstart med en främmande distribution </p>"
 
 #. represents kernel command line
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:200
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:201
 msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter"
 msgstr "&Valfri kärnkommandoradsparameter"
 
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:204
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:205
 msgid "<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
 msgstr "<p>Alternativet <b>Valfri kärnkommandoradsparameter</b> låter dig ange ytterligare parametrar som ska skickas till kärnan.</p>"
 
 #. Represents Protective MBR action
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:228
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:229
 msgid "&Protective MBR flag"
 msgstr "&MBR-skyddsflagga"
 
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:232
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:233
 msgid "<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure.</p>"
 msgstr "<p><b>MBR-skyddsflagga</b> är endast expertinställningar, som bara behövs på ovanlig maskinvara. Mer information finns i MBR-skydd i GPT-diskar. Ändra inget här om du är osäker.</p>"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:246
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:247
 msgid "set"
 msgstr "inställt"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:248
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:249
 msgid "remove"
 msgstr "ta bort"
 
@@ -297,55 +297,72 @@
 #. force re-calculation of bootloader proposal
 #. this deletes any internally cached values, a new proposal will
 #. not be partially based on old data now any more
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:250
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:251
 #: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:49
 msgid "do not change"
 msgstr "ändra inte"
 
 #. Represents switcher for secure boot on EFI
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:268
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:269
 msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support"
 msgstr "Aktivera stöd för &säker start"
 
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:272
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:273
 msgid "Tick to enable UEFI Secure Boot\n"
 msgstr "Markera för att aktivera UEFI-säker start\n"
 
 #. Represents switcher for Trusted Boot
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:293
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:294
 msgid "Enable &Trusted Boot Support"
 msgstr "Aktivera stöd för &tillförlitlig start"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: TrustedGRUB2 is a name, don't translate it
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:298
-msgid "<b>Trusted Boot</b> will install TrustedGRUB2 instead of regular GRUB2.\n"
-msgstr "Med <b>Tillförlitlig start</b> installeras tillförlitlig GRUB2 istället för vanlig GRUB2.\n"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:299
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Trusted Boot</b> will install TrustedGRUB2\n"
+"instead of regular GRUB2.</p>\n"
+"<p>It means measuring the integrity of the boot process,\n"
+"with the help from the hardware (a TPM, Trusted Platform Module,\n"
+"chip).</p>\n"
+"<p>First you need to make sure Trusted Boot is enabled in the BIOS\n"
+"setup (the setting may be named Security Chip, for example).</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
 
+#. check for file size does not work, since FS reports it 4096
+#. even if the file is in fact empty and a single byte cannot
+#. be read, therefore testing real reading (details: bsc#994556)
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:325
+msgid ""
+"Trusted Platform Module not found.\n"
+"Make sure it is enabled in BIOS.\n"
+"The system will not boot otherwise."
+msgstr ""
+
 #. Represents grub password protection widget
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:324
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:345
 msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password"
 msgstr "Lös&enordsskydda starthanterare"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:330
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:351
 msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only"
 msgstr "Skydda endast änd&ring av poster"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: text entry, please keep it short
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:336
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:357
 msgid "&Password for GRUB2 User 'root'"
 msgstr "&Lösenord för GRUB2-användare \"rot\""
 
 #. text entry
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:339
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:360
 msgid "Re&type Password"
 msgstr "&Upprepa lösenord"
 
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:350
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:371
 msgid "The password must not be empty."
 msgstr "Lösenordet kan inte vara tomt."
 
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:357
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:378
 msgid ""
 "'Password' and 'Retype password'\n"
 "do not match. Retype the password."
@@ -354,7 +371,7 @@
 "är inte lika. Ange lösenordet igen."
 
 #. special value as we do not know password, so it mean user do not change it
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:407
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:428
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n"
 "At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If <b>Protect Entry Modification Only</b> is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved).<br>YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in <b>Retype Password</b>. The password applies to the GRUB2 user 'root' which is distinct from the Linux 'root'. YaST currently does not supportother GRUB2 users. If you need them, use a separate GRUB2 script.</p>"
@@ -363,40 +380,40 @@
 "Vid systemstart krävs lösenordet för att modifiera eller ens starta någon post. Om alternativet <b>Skydda endast ändring av poster</b> är markerat, kan man starta alla poster men måste ange lösenord för att kunna ändra dem (precis som med GRUB 1).<br>Lösenordet accepteras endast av YaST om du skriver det en extra gång i rutan <b>Upprepa lösenord</b>.</p>"
 
 #. there's mode specified, use it
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:485
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:506
 msgid "Choose new graphical theme file"
 msgstr "Välj ny grafisk temafil"
 
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:498
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:519
 msgid "Use &graphical console"
 msgstr "Använd &grafisk konsol"
 
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:503
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:524
 msgid "&Console resolution"
 msgstr "&Konsolupplösning"
 
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:508
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:529
 msgid "&Console theme"
 msgstr "&Konsoltema"
 
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:539
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:560
 msgid "Autodetect by grub2"
 msgstr "Identifiera automatiskt med grub2"
 
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:547
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:568
 msgid "Use &serial console"
 msgstr "Använd &seriell konsol"
 
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:554
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:575
 msgid "&Console arguments"
 msgstr "&Konsolargument"
 
 #. represent choosing default section to boot
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:571
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:592
 msgid "&Default Boot Section"
 msgstr "&Förvald startsektion"
 
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:575
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:596
 msgid ""
 "<p> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b> you mark the selected section as\n"
 "the default. When booting, the boot loader will provide a boot menu and\n"
@@ -414,40 +431,40 @@
 "hjälp av knapparna <b>Upp</b> och <b>Ned</b>.</p>\n"
 
 #. Represents stage1 location for bootloader
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:610
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:631
 msgid "Boot Loader Location"
 msgstr "Plats för starthanterare"
 
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:664
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:685
 msgid "Custom boot device have to be specied if checked"
 msgstr "Anpassad startenhet måste anges om den markeras"
 
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:692
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:713
 msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition"
 msgstr "Sta&rta från startpartition"
 
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:693
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:714
 msgid "Boo&t from Root Partition"
 msgstr "Start&a från rotpartitionen"
 
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:694
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:715
 msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record"
 msgstr "Starta från &Master Boot Record"
 
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:695
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:716
 msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition"
 msgstr "Starta från &utökad partition"
 
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:706
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:727
 msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition"
 msgstr "A&npassad startpartition"
 
 #. Represents button that open Device Map edit dialog
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:719
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:740
 msgid "&Edit Disk Boot Order"
 msgstr "&Redigera diskstartsorder"
 
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:725
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:746
 msgid ""
 "<p><big><b>Disks Order</b></big><br>\n"
 "To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n"
@@ -462,17 +479,17 @@
 "Om du vill ta bort en disk klickar du på <b>Ta bort</b>.</p>"
 
 #. represents Tab with kernel related configuration
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:746
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:767
 msgid "&Kernel Parameters"
 msgstr "&Kärnparametrar"
 
 #. Represent tab with options related to stage1 location and bootloader type
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:771
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:792
 msgid "Boot Co&de Options"
 msgstr "Alternativ för startko&d"
 
 #. Represents bootloader specific options like its timeout, default section or password protection
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:837
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:858
 msgid "Boot&loader Options"
 msgstr "Alternativ för start&hanterare"
 
@@ -623,3 +640,6 @@
 #: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:233
 msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration"
 msgstr "Sparar inställningar för starthanterare"
+
+#~ msgid "<b>Trusted Boot</b> will install TrustedGRUB2 instead of regular GRUB2.\n"
+#~ msgstr "Med <b>Tillförlitlig start</b> installeras tillförlitlig GRUB2 istället för vanlig GRUB2.\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/ca-management.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/ca-management.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:50:31 UTC (rev 96894)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/ca-management.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:53:39 UTC (rev 96895)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: ca-management\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:45\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/cio.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/cio.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:50:31 UTC (rev 96894)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/cio.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:53:39 UTC (rev 96895)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: cio\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:45\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/cluster.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/cluster.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:50:31 UTC (rev 96894)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/cluster.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:53:39 UTC (rev 96895)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: cluster\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:45\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/control-center.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/control-center.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:50:31 UTC (rev 96894)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/control-center.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:53:39 UTC (rev 96895)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: control-center\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:45\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/control.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/control.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:50:31 UTC (rev 96894)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/control.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:53:39 UTC (rev 96895)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: control\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-18 09:50\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"
@@ -55,11 +55,11 @@
 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45
 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82
 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28
 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:29
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72
 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74
 msgid "Installation Settings"
 msgstr "Inställningar för installation"
 
@@ -75,21 +75,21 @@
 
 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:20
 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30
 msgid "Live Installation Settings"
 msgstr "Live-inställningar för installation"
 
 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:21
 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90
 msgid "Update Settings"
 msgstr "Uppdateringsinställningar"
 
 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:23
 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46
 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33
 msgid "Network Configuration"
 msgstr "Ställ in nätverk"
 
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@
 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49
 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50
 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34
 msgid "Hardware Configuration"
 msgstr "Hårdvaruinställningar"
 
@@ -107,17 +107,18 @@
 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52
 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89
 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:119
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111
 msgid "Preparation"
 msgstr "Förberedelse"
 
 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:26
 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:52
 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:66
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80
 msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration"
 msgstr "Läs in nätverkskonfigurationen linuxrc"
 
@@ -127,78 +128,79 @@
 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54
 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77
 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81
 msgid "Network Autosetup"
 msgstr "Automatisk nätverksinställning"
 
 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:28
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:54
 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:68
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:84
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:97
 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78
 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81
-msgid "Welcome"
-msgstr "Välkommen"
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:120
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112
+msgid "Installer Update"
+msgstr "Installationsuppdatering"
 
 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:29
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:55
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:54
 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:69
 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78
 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40
-msgid "Network Activation"
-msgstr "Nätverksaktivering"
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83
+msgid "Welcome"
+msgstr "Välkommen"
 
 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:30
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:55
 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:70
 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79
 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82
-msgid "Disk Activation"
-msgstr "Diskaktivering"
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40
+msgid "Network Activation"
+msgstr "Nätverksaktivering"
 
 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:31
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:33
 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:71
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:97
 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60
 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:120
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:42
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111
-msgid "System Analysis"
-msgstr "Systemanalys"
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84
+msgid "Disk Activation"
+msgstr "Diskaktivering"
 
 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:32
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:33
 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:72
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:85
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:100
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:98
 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60
 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:123
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:121
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:42
 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:43
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114
-msgid "Installer Update"
-msgstr "Installationsuppdatering"
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113
+msgid "System Analysis"
+msgstr "Systemanalys"
 
 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:34
 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:74
 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61
 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88
 msgid "Add-On Products"
 msgstr "Tilläggsprodukter"
 
@@ -206,8 +208,8 @@
 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:56
 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62
 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69
 msgid "Disk"
 msgstr "Disk"
 
@@ -215,22 +217,22 @@
 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:57
 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63
 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68
 msgid "Time Zone"
 msgstr "Tidszon"
 
 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:37
 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:38
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49
 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70
 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72
 msgid "User Settings"
 msgstr "Användarinställningar"
 
 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:39
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52
 msgid "Installation Overview"
 msgstr "Installationsöversikt"
 
@@ -281,31 +283,31 @@
 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:135
 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:136
 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:137
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53
 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:54
 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:55
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:56
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57
 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:58
 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:59
 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:60
 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:61
 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:62
 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74
 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:75
 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:76
 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77
 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:102
 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104
 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106
 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107
 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108
 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:126
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110
 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:127
 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:128
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:129
 msgid "Perform Installation"
 msgstr "Utför installation"
 
@@ -317,27 +319,27 @@
 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103
 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:114
 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:130
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:56
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122
 msgid "Installer Cleanup"
 msgstr "Installationsprogramsrensning"
 
 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:51
 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64
 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64
 msgid "Installation"
 msgstr "Installation"
 
 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:73
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:98
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:99
 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:121
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:122
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114
 msgid "System for Update"
 msgstr "System för uppdatering"
 
@@ -345,8 +347,8 @@
 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:102
 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99
 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:125
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117
 msgid "Update"
 msgstr "Uppdatera"
 
@@ -383,47 +385,47 @@
 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:134
 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:140
 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:141
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90
 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:91
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92
 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94
 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96
 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:119
 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:120
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121
 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:123
 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:124
 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:125
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:131
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:126
 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:132
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:133
 msgid "Perform Update"
 msgstr "Utför uppdatering"
 
 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:83
 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98
 msgid "Base Installation"
 msgstr "Basinstallation"
 
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:84
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:85
 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:86
 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:87
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:99
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:100
 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:101
 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:103
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109
 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110
 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:122
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:123
 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:124
 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:126
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98
 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100
 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:101
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:102
 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118
 msgid "AutoYaST Settings"
 msgstr "AutoYaST-inställningar"
 
@@ -431,9 +433,9 @@
 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:119
 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:138
 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:142
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:129
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:133
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:130
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:134
 msgid "Configuration"
 msgstr "Inställningar"
 
@@ -441,8 +443,8 @@
 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:120
 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:139
 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:143
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:130
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:134
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:131
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:135
 msgid "System Configuration"
 msgstr "Systeminställningar"
 
@@ -622,15 +624,14 @@
 msgid "Enlightenment Desktop"
 msgstr "Enlightenment Desktop"
 
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28
-msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)"
-msgstr "Minsta serverval (textläge)"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87
 msgid "Online Repositories"
 msgstr "Online-arkiv"
 
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48
 msgid "Desktop Selection"
 msgstr "Skrivbordsval"
+
+#~ msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)"
+#~ msgstr "Minsta serverval (textläge)"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/country.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/country.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:50:31 UTC (rev 96894)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/country.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:53:39 UTC (rev 96895)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: country\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-18 09:50\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"
@@ -327,8 +327,8 @@
 
 #. summary label
 #. summary label
-#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:793
-#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:827
+#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:850
+#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:884
 msgid "Additional Languages: %1"
 msgstr "Ytterligare språk: %1"
 
@@ -583,25 +583,35 @@
 msgstr "Använd &tidszon för %1"
 
 #. busy message
-#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:382
+#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:375
 msgid "Downloading installation system language extension..."
 msgstr "Hämtar språktillägg för installationssystemet..."
 
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error message. Strings marked %{...} will be replaced
+#. with variable content - do not translate them, please.
+#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:406
+msgid ""
+"Language '%{language}' was not found within the list of supported languages\n"
+"available at %{directory}.\n"
+"\n"
+"Fallback language %{fallback} will be used."
+msgstr ""
+
 #. summary label
 #. summary label
-#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:737 language/src/modules/Language.rb:809
+#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:794 language/src/modules/Language.rb:866
 msgid "Primary Language: %1"
 msgstr "Primärt språk: %1"
 
 #. work-around for following in order not to depend on yast2-packager
 #. PackageSlideShow::InitPkgData (false);
 #. "value" : PackageSlideShow::total_size_to_install / 1024 , // kilobytes
-#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:982
+#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1039
 msgid "Installing Packages..."
 msgstr "Paket installeras..."
 
 #. continue/cancel message
-#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1073
+#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1130
 msgid ""
 "Translation of the primary language is not complete.\n"
 "Some texts may be displayed in English.\n"
@@ -610,7 +620,7 @@
 "Viss text kommer att visas på engelska.\n"
 
 #. popup message
-#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1287
+#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1344
 msgid ""
 "Only minimal support for the selected language is included on this media.\n"
 "Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the appropriate support\n"
@@ -621,7 +631,7 @@
 "för det här språket.\n"
 
 #. popup message (user selected CJK language in text mode)
-#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1316
+#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1373
 msgid ""
 "The selected language cannot be used in text mode. English is used for\n"
 "installation, but the selected language will be used for the new system."

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/crowbar.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/crowbar.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:50:31 UTC (rev 96894)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/crowbar.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:53:39 UTC (rev 96895)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:12+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-01-04 13:30+0100\n"
 "Last-Translator: Mattias Newzella <newzella@linux.nu>\n"
 "Language-Team: Swedish <i18n@suse.de>\n"
@@ -212,7 +212,7 @@
 #. radiobutton label
 #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:542
 msgid "Architecture"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Arkitektur"
 
 #. error popup
 #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:583

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/dhcp-server.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/dhcp-server.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:50:31 UTC (rev 96894)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/dhcp-server.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:53:39 UTC (rev 96895)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: dhcp-server\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:45\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/dns-server.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/dns-server.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:50:31 UTC (rev 96894)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/dns-server.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:53:39 UTC (rev 96895)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: dns-server\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:45\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/docker.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/docker.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:50:31 UTC (rev 96894)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/docker.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:53:39 UTC (rev 96895)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: docker\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-18 09:50\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/drbd.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/drbd.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:50:31 UTC (rev 96894)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/drbd.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:53:39 UTC (rev 96895)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: drbd\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-18 09:50\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"
@@ -309,12 +309,26 @@
 msgstr "<p><b><big>LVM-konfiguration</big></b></p>"
 
 #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:116
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "\n"
+#| "\t\t<p><b>LVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf</b></p>\n"
+#| "\t\t<p>To use LVM with DRBD, it is necessary to change some options in the LVM configuration file and to remove stale cache entries on the nodes.</p>\t\t<p>Refer to 'man lvm.conf' for further information including the file layout.</p>\n"
+#| "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t  \n"
+#| "\t\t<p><b>Device Filter</b>: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.</p>\t\t<p><b>AutoFilter</b>: According to the configuration of drbd, LVM filter will always be changed automatically. To change it manually, disable the checkbox of AutoFilter.</p>\n"
+#| "\t\t<p>The filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).</p>\t\t<p>For example, setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]</p>\n"
+#| "\n"
+#| "\t\t<p><b>LVM cache</b>: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Should disable the LVM cache when combined drbd with LVM.</p>\n"
+#| "\n"
+#| "\t\t<p><b>LVMetad</b>: When lvmetad is enabled, the volume group metadata and PV state flags are obtained from the lvmetad instance and no scanning is done by the individual commands. Because lvmetad's cache cannot be synchronized between nodes, users are advised to disable lvmetad in cluster environments.</p>\n"
+#| "\n"
+#| "\t\t"
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "\t\t<p><b>LVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf</b></p>\n"
 "\t\t<p>To use LVM with DRBD, it is necessary to change some options in the LVM configuration file and to remove stale cache entries on the nodes.</p>\t\t<p>Refer to 'man lvm.conf' for further information including the file layout.</p>\n"
 "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t  \n"
-"\t\t<p><b>Device Filter</b>: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.</p>\t\t<p><b>AutoFilter</b>: According to the configuration of drbd, LVM filter will always be changed automatically. To change it manually, disable the checkbox of AutoFilter.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>Device Filter</b>: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.</p>\t\t<p><b>LVM Filter</b>: A filter that tells LVM2 to only use a restricted set of devices.</p>\n"
 "\t\t<p>The filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).</p>\t\t<p>For example, setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]</p>\n"
 "\n"
 "\t\t<p><b>LVM cache</b>: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Should disable the LVM cache when combined drbd with LVM.</p>\n"
@@ -472,40 +486,36 @@
 "Klicka på <b>Nästa</b> när du vill fortsätta.\n"
 "<br></p>\n"
 
-#. Default is always true (auto)
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:42
 msgid "LVM Filter Configuration of DRBD"
 msgstr "LVM-filterkonfiguration för DRBD"
 
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:52
-msgid "Modify LVM Device filter Automatically"
-msgstr "Modifiera LVM-enhetsfiltret automatiskt"
-
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:62
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:50
 msgid "Device Filter"
 msgstr "Enhetsfilter"
 
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:72
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:60
 msgid "Writing the LVM cache"
 msgstr "Skriva LVM-cachen"
 
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:81
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:69
 msgid "Enable LVM Cache"
 msgstr "Aktivera LVM-cachen"
 
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:86
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:74
 msgid "Warning!  Should disable LVM cache for using drbd."
 msgstr "Varning! LVM-cache bör inaktiveras för att drbd ska användas."
 
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:97
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:85
 msgid "Use lvmetad for LVM"
 msgstr "Använd lvmetad för LVM"
 
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:106
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:94
 msgid "Use LVM metad"
 msgstr "Använd LVM-metad"
 
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:111
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:99
 msgid "Warning!  Should not use lvmetad for cluster."
 msgstr "Varning! Lvmetad bör inte användas för kluster."
 
@@ -535,61 +545,61 @@
 msgstr "Spara"
 
 #. Since n_name can't be edit, so set direct is OK
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:336
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:331
 msgid "Protocol"
 msgstr "Protokoll"
 
 #. return `cancel or a string
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:560
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:555
 msgid "OK"
 msgstr "OK"
 
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:561
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:556
 msgid "Cancel"
 msgstr "Avbryt"
 
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:575
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:570
 msgid "Node name can not be empty."
 msgstr "Nodnamn kan inte vara tomt."
 
 #. eg. ipv6 [fd01:2345:6789:abcd::1]:7800
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:623
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:618
 msgid "IPv6 address must be placed inside brackets."
 msgstr "IPv6-adressen måste placeras inom parentes."
 
 #. IPv6 should including port
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:631 src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:636
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:626 src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:631
 msgid "IP/port should use 'addr:port' combination."
 msgstr "IP/port bör användas i kombinationen \"adr:port\"."
 
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:644
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:639
 msgid "Please enter a valid IP address."
 msgstr "Ange en giltig IP-adress."
 
 #. Checking the port is number
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:651
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:646
 msgid "Please enter a valid port number."
 msgstr "Ange ett giltigt portnummer."
 
 #. myHelp("basic_conf");
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:719
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:714
 msgid "Node names must not include \".\" , using the local hostname."
 msgstr "Nodnamn får inte innehålla \".\" , använd lokalt värdnamn."
 
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:739
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:734
 msgid "Please fill out all fields."
 msgstr "Fyll i alla fält."
 
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:754
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:749
 msgid "Please configure at least two nodes."
 msgstr "Konfigurera minst två noder."
 
 #. No need to check integrity since it will disabled when configuring
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:789
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:784
 msgid "Enter the node name:"
 msgstr "Ange nodnamnet:"
 
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:795
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:790
 msgid "Node name must be different."
 msgstr "Nodnamn måste vara olika."
 
@@ -696,70 +706,70 @@
 #.
 #. Representation of the configuration of drbd.
 #. Input and output routines.
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:114
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:112
 msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n"
 msgstr "Det gick inte att slå ihop separerade DRBD-konf-filer\n"
 
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:136
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:134
 msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare"
 msgstr "Det gick inte att skriva drbd.conf.YaST2prepare"
 
 #. DRBD read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:191
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:189
 msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration"
 msgstr "Initierar DRBD-konfiguration"
 
 #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:199
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:197
 msgid "Read global settings"
 msgstr "Läser globala inställningar"
 
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:198
 msgid "Read resources"
 msgstr "Läs resurser"
 
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:199
 msgid "Read LVM configurations"
 msgstr "Läs LVM-konfigurationer"
 
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200
 msgid "Read daemon status"
 msgstr "Läs demonstatus"
 
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203 src/modules/Drbd.rb:210
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201 src/modules/Drbd.rb:208
 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
 msgstr "Läs SuSEFirewall-inställningar"
 
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:206
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:204
 msgid "Reading global settings..."
 msgstr "Läser globala inställningar..."
 
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:207
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:205
 msgid "Reading resources..."
 msgstr "Läser resurser..."
 
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:208
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:206
 msgid "Reading LVM configurations..."
 msgstr "Läser LVM-konfigurationer..."
 
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:209
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:207
 msgid "Reading daemon status..."
 msgstr "Läser demonstatus..."
 
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:211 src/modules/Drbd.rb:661
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:209 src/modules/Drbd.rb:664
 msgid "Finished"
 msgstr "Klar"
 
 #. new_map = remove(new_map, key);
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:514
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:512
 msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf"
 msgstr "Det gick inte att säkerhetskopiera drbd.conf"
 
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:523
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:521
 msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test"
 msgstr "Det gick inte att rensa drbd.conf för drbdadm-test"
 
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:547
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:545
 msgid ""
 "Invalid configuration of resource %1\n"
 "%2"
@@ -767,12 +777,12 @@
 "Ogiltig konfiguration av resurs %1\n"
 "%2"
 
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:566
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:564
 msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back"
 msgstr "Det gick inte att hämta tillbaka drbd.conf"
 
 #. DRBD write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:637
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:640
 msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration"
 msgstr "Skriver DRBD-konfiguration"
 
@@ -780,46 +790,49 @@
 #. won't change modified flag
 #. return true if !@modified
 #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:649
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:652
 msgid "Write global settings"
 msgstr "Skriv globala inställningar"
 
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:650
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:653
 msgid "Write resources"
 msgstr "Skriv resurser"
 
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:651
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:654
 msgid "Write LVM configurations"
 msgstr "Skriv LVM-konfigurationer"
 
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:652
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:655
 msgid "Set daemon status"
 msgstr "Ange daemon-status"
 
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:653
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:656
 msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings"
 msgstr "Skriv SuSEfirewall-inställningarna"
 
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:656
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:659
 msgid "Writing global settings..."
 msgstr "Globala inställningar skrivs..."
 
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:657
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:660
 msgid "Writing resources..."
 msgstr "Resurser skrivs..."
 
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:658
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:661
 msgid "Writing LVM configurations..."
 msgstr "Skriver LVM-konfigurationer..."
 
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:659
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:662
 msgid "Setting daemon status..."
 msgstr "Anger daemon-status..."
 
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:660
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:663
 msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings"
 msgstr "Skriver SuSEFirewall-inställningarna"
 
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:671
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:674
 msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d"
 msgstr "Det gick inte att skapa katalogen /etc/drbd.d"
+
+#~ msgid "Modify LVM Device filter Automatically"
+#~ msgstr "Modifiera LVM-enhetsfiltret automatiskt"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/fcoe-client.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/fcoe-client.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:50:31 UTC (rev 96894)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/fcoe-client.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:53:39 UTC (rev 96895)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: fcoe-client\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:45\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/firewall-services.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/firewall-services.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:50:31 UTC (rev 96894)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/firewall-services.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:53:39 UTC (rev 96895)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: firewall-services\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:57+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:45\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/firewall.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/firewall.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:50:31 UTC (rev 96894)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/firewall.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:53:39 UTC (rev 96895)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: firewall\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-18 09:50\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/firstboot.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/firstboot.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:50:31 UTC (rev 96894)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/firstboot.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:53:39 UTC (rev 96895)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: firstboot\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:45\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/fonts.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/fonts.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:50:31 UTC (rev 96894)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/fonts.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:53:39 UTC (rev 96895)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:12+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-01-04 13:30+0100\n"
 "Last-Translator: Mattias Newzella <newzella@linux.nu>\n"
 "Language-Team: Swedish <i18n@suse.de>\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/ftp-server.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/ftp-server.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:50:31 UTC (rev 96894)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/ftp-server.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:53:39 UTC (rev 96895)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: ftp-server\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:45\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/geo-cluster.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/geo-cluster.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:50:31 UTC (rev 96894)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/geo-cluster.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:53:39 UTC (rev 96895)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: geo-cluster\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:45\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/http-server.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/http-server.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:50:31 UTC (rev 96894)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/http-server.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:53:39 UTC (rev 96895)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: http-server\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:45\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/inetd.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/inetd.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:50:31 UTC (rev 96894)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/inetd.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:53:39 UTC (rev 96895)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: inetd\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:45\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/installation.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/installation.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:50:31 UTC (rev 96894)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/installation.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:53:39 UTC (rev 96895)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: installation\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-18 09:50\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"
@@ -472,7 +472,7 @@
 msgstr "Uppdateringar för %1 %2"
 
 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:172
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:321
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:306
 msgid "Unknown Product"
 msgstr "Okänd produkt"
 
@@ -513,14 +513,14 @@
 #. 7 = Failed to connect to host.
 #. 28 = Operation timeout.
 #. push button
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:184
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:178
 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:319
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:304
 msgid "Re&lease Notes..."
 msgstr "Versions&information..."
 
 #. help text for initial (first time) language screen
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:198
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:192
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "Choose the <b>Language</b> and the <b>Keyboard layout</b> to be used during\n"
@@ -534,7 +534,7 @@
 
 #. help text, continued
 #. Describes the #ICW_B1 button
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:206
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:200
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n"
@@ -547,7 +547,7 @@
 "</p>\n"
 
 #. help text, continued
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:213
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:207
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "Click <b>Next</b> to proceed to the next dialog.\n"
@@ -558,7 +558,7 @@
 "</p>\n"
 
 #. help text, continued
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:219
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:213
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n"
@@ -571,7 +571,7 @@
 "</p>\n"
 
 #. help text, continued
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:226
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:220
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "Select <b>Abort</b> to abort the\n"
@@ -584,49 +584,49 @@
 "</p>\n"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:242
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:469
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:236
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:434
 msgid "License Agreement"
 msgstr "Licensavtal"
 
 #. combo box label
 #. combobox
 #. TRANSLATORS: Combo box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:266
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:260
 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217
 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:429
 msgid "&Language"
 msgstr "S&pråk"
 
 #. combo box label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:276
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:270
 msgid "&Keyboard Layout"
 msgstr "Tangentbordslayo&ut"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: check-box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:290
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:284
 msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms."
 msgstr "Jag &accepterar licensvillkoren."
 
 #. Report error about missing license acceptance
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:317
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:311
 msgid "You must accept the license to install this product"
 msgstr "Du måste godkänna licensvillkoren för att installera den här produkten"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: addition license information
 #. %1 is replaced with the filename. Please keep
 #. the translation VERY short.
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:437
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:402
 msgid "EULA location in the installed system: %s"
 msgstr "Plats för slutanvändaravtal i det installerade systemet: %s"
 
 #. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:460
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:425
 msgid "K&eyboard Test"
 msgstr "Tang&entbordstest"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: button label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:494
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:459
 msgid "License &Translations..."
 msgstr "&Språkalternativ för licensen..."
 
@@ -807,33 +807,33 @@
 msgstr "Hårddisk för avbildningsdistribution"
 
 #. popup label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:65
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:63
 msgid "Detecting Available Controllers"
 msgstr "Identifierar tillgängliga styrenheter"
 
 #. dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:81
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:79
 msgid "Disk Activation"
 msgstr "Diskaktivering"
 
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:91
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:89
 msgid "Configure &DASD Disks"
 msgstr "Ställ in &DASD-diskar"
 
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:97
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:95
 msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks"
 msgstr "Ställ in &ZFCP-diskar"
 
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:103
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:101
 msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces"
 msgstr "Konfigurera &FCoE-gränssnitt"
 
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:117
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:115
 msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks"
 msgstr "Ställ in &iSCSI-diskar"
 
 #. Finish
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:178
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:176
 msgid "Net&work Configuration..."
 msgstr "Nät&verksinställningar..."
 
@@ -864,17 +864,17 @@
 msgstr "Installationen initieras..."
 
 #. popup message, list of repositores is appended to the text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:142
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:141
 msgid "Package updates have been found in these additional repositories:"
 msgstr "Paketuppdateringar har hittats i dessa ytterligare arkiv:"
 
 #. yes/no popup question
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:160
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:159
 msgid "Start the software manager to check and install the updates?"
 msgstr "Starta programhanteringsverktyget för att kontrollera och installera uppdateringarna?"
 
 #. check box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:501
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:494
 msgid "Show &package updates"
 msgstr "Visa &paketuppdateringar"
 
@@ -1195,88 +1195,88 @@
 
 #. This dialog in not interactive
 #. always return `back when came from the previous dialog
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:86
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:80
 msgid "Analyzing the Computer"
 msgstr "Analyserar datorn"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: progress steps in system probing
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:105
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:99
 msgid "Probe USB devices"
 msgstr "Identifiera USB-enheter"
 
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:106
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:100
 msgid "Probing USB devices..."
 msgstr "Identifierar USB-enheter..."
 
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:109
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:103
 msgid "Probe FireWire devices"
 msgstr "Identifiera FireWire-enheter"
 
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:110
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:104
 msgid "Probing FireWire devices..."
 msgstr "Identifierar FireWire-enheter..."
 
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:107
 msgid "Probe floppy disk devices"
 msgstr "Identifiera diskettenheter"
 
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:114
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:108
 msgid "Probing floppy disk devices..."
 msgstr "Identifierar diskettenheter..."
 
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:118
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:112
 msgid "Probe hard disk controllers"
 msgstr "Identifiera hårddiskstyrenheter"
 
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:119
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113
 msgid "Probing hard disk controllers..."
 msgstr "Identifierar hårddiskstyrenheter..."
 
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:122
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:116
 msgid "Load kernel modules for hard disk controllers"
 msgstr "Läs in kärnmoduler för hårddiskstyrenheter"
 
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:123
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:117
 msgid "Loading kernel modules for hard disk controllers..."
 msgstr "Läser in kärnmoduler för hårddiskstyrenheter..."
 
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:126
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:120
 msgid "Probe hard disks"
 msgstr "Identifiera hårddiskar"
 
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:127
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:121
 msgid "Probing hard disks..."
 msgstr "Hårddiskar identifieras..."
 
 #. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:134
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128
 msgid "Search for system files"
 msgstr "Sök efter systemfiler"
 
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:135
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129
 msgid "Searching for system files..."
 msgstr "Söker efter systemfiler..."
 
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132
 msgid "Initialize software manager"
 msgstr "Initiera programhanteringsverktyg"
 
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:139
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133
 msgid "Initializing software manager..."
 msgstr "Initierar programhanteringsverktyg..."
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138
 msgid "System Probing"
 msgstr "Systemidentifiering"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:150
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144
 msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now."
 msgstr "YaST undersöker datorns maskinvara och installerade system."
 
 #. additonal error when HW was not found
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:257
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:242
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation."
@@ -1285,7 +1285,7 @@
 "Gå till drivers.suse.com om du behöver särskilda maskinvarudrivrutiner för installation."
 
 #. pop-up error report
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:271
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:256
 msgid ""
 "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
 "Please check your hardware!\n"
@@ -1295,7 +1295,7 @@
 "Kontrollera din maskinvara!\n"
 "%1\n"
 
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:281
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:266
 msgid ""
 "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
 "During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n"
@@ -1306,7 +1306,7 @@
 "(särskilt på S/390- eller iSCSI-system)\n"
 
 #. pop-up error report
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:292
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:277
 msgid ""
 "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n"
 "found for the installation.\n"
@@ -1319,7 +1319,7 @@
 "%1\n"
 
 #. popup message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:337
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:322
 msgid ""
 "Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n"
 "Aborting the installation."
@@ -1327,8 +1327,32 @@
 "Det gick inte att initiera programvaruarkiven.\n"
 "Installationen avbryts."
 
+#. TRANSLATORS: error message
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:225
+msgid ""
+"<p>Cannot obtain the installer update repository URL\n"
+"from the registration server.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: part of an error message, %s is the default repository
+#. URL from control.xml
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:231
+msgid "<p>The default URL %s will be used.<p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Ask the user to chose a registration server
+#.
+#. @param services [Array<SlpServiceClass::Service>] Array of registration servers
+#. @return [SlpServiceClass::Service,Symbol] Registration service to use; :scc if SCC is selected;
+#. :cancel if the dialog was dismissed.
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:308
+msgid ""
+"Select a detected registration server from the list\n"
+"to search for installer updates."
+msgstr ""
+
 #. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:187
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:389
 msgid ""
 "A valid update could not be found at\n"
 "%s.\n"
@@ -1339,7 +1363,7 @@
 "\n"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:193
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:395
 msgid ""
 "Could not fetch update from\n"
 "%s.\n"
@@ -1354,9 +1378,10 @@
 #. Ask the user about checking network configuration. If she/he accepts,
 #. the `inst_lan` client will be launched.
 #.
+#. @param url [URI] URL to show in the message
 #. @return [Boolean] true if the network configuration client was launched;
 #. false if the network is not configured.
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:221
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:425
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "Would you like to check your network configuration\n"
@@ -1369,7 +1394,7 @@
 #. Note: the proxy cannot be configured in the YaST installer yet,
 #. it needs to be set via the "proxy" boot option.
 #. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:265
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:470
 msgid ""
 "Downloading the optional installer updates from \n"
 "%s\n"
@@ -1391,6 +1416,57 @@
 "Om du behöver en proxyserver för att komma åt uppdateringslagringsplatsen\n"
 " kan du använda startparametern \"proxy\".\n"
 
+#. TRANSLATORS: progress label
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:579
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Add disabled repositories"
+msgid "Add Update Repository"
+msgstr "Lägg till inaktiverade arkiv"
+
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:580
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Downloading Package"
+msgid "Download the Packages"
+msgstr "Laddar ner paket"
+
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:581
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Copy the packages"
+msgid "Apply the Packages"
+msgstr "Kopiera paketen"
+
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:582
+msgid "Restart"
+msgstr "Starta om"
+
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:585
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Select AutoYaST Profile"
+msgid "Fetching AutoYast Profile"
+msgstr "Välj AutoYaST-profil"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title
+#. TRANSLATORS: progress title
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:595
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:597
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Updating the sound volume..."
+msgid "Updating the Installer..."
+msgstr "Uppdaterar ljudvolymen..."
+
+#. Fetch the profile from the given URI
+#.
+#. @return [Hash, nil] current profile if fetched or exists; nil otherwise
+#.
+#. @see Yast::Profile.current
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:668
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Error reading control file."
+msgid ""
+"Error while parsing the control file.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr "Fel vid läsning av inställningsfil."
+
 #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository)
 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:109
 msgid "Removed"
@@ -1444,8 +1520,8 @@
 #. menu button
 #. menu button
 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:247
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:647
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:762
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:651
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:766
 msgid "&Change..."
 msgstr "&Ändra..."
 
@@ -1740,8 +1816,11 @@
 msgstr "Det är ingen idé att skriva de här inställningarna till systemet."
 
 #. proposal part - bootloader label
+#. For some reason the CheckBoxFrame Label is cut if the label size
+#. exceeds the CheckBoxFrame content's width. MinWidth with label length
+#. is used to avoid this issue.
 #: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_proposal.rb:21
-#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:91
+#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:98
 msgid "Import SSH Host Keys and Configuration"
 msgstr "Importera SSH-värdnycklar och -konfiguration"
 
@@ -1818,26 +1897,26 @@
 msgstr "Kopierar loggfiler till installerat system..."
 
 #. Event callback for the 'ok' button
-#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:69
+#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:65
 msgid "I would like to import SSH keys from a previous installation"
 msgstr "Jag skulle vilja importera SSH-nycklar från en tidigare installation"
 
-#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:95
+#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:102
 msgid "<p>Every SSH server is identified by one or several public host keys. Choose an existing Linux installation to reuse the host keys -and thus the identity- of its SSH server. The key files found in /etc/ssh (one pair of files per host key) will be copied to the new system being installed.</p><p>Check <b>Import SSH Configuration</b> to also copy other files found in /etc/ssh, in addition to the keys.</p>"
 msgstr "<p>Varje SSH-server identifieras genom en eller fler offentliga värdnycklar. Välj en befintlig Linux-installation för att återanvända dess SSH-servers värdnycklarna och därmed dess identitet. Nyckelfilerna som finns i /etc/ssh (ett par filer per värdnyckel) kommer att kopieras till det nya systemet som installeras.</p><p>Se <b>Importera SSH-konfiguration</b> för att också kopiera andra filer /etc/ssh, utöver nycklarna.</p>"
 
 #. AutoYaST configuration mode. The user can input the device e.b. /dev/sda0
-#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:108
+#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:115
 msgid "&Device"
 msgstr "En&het"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: %{system_name} is a string like "openSUSE 13.2", %{device}
 #. is a string like /dev/sda1
-#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:129
+#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:136
 msgid "%{system_name} at %{device}"
 msgstr "%{system_name} på %{device}"
 
-#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:134
+#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:141
 msgid "Import SSH Configuration"
 msgstr "Importera SSH-konfiguration"
 
@@ -1862,7 +1941,7 @@
 msgstr "Hoppar över inställningar på användarens begäran"
 
 #. error message is a popup
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:272
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:274
 msgid ""
 "The proposal contains an error that must be\n"
 "resolved before continuing.\n"
@@ -1871,25 +1950,25 @@
 "innan du kan fortsätta.\n"
 
 #. busy message
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:381
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:383
 msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..."
 msgstr "Anpassar förslaget till de aktuella inställningarna..."
 
 #. busy message;
 #. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:385
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:387
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:671
 msgid "Analyzing your system..."
 msgstr "Analyserar systemet..."
 
 #. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:487
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:489
 msgid "ERROR: No proposal"
 msgstr "Fel: Inget förslag"
 
 #. Submodules handle their own error reporting
 #. text for a message box
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:526
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:530
 msgid ""
 "Configuration saved.\n"
 "There were errors."
@@ -1902,36 +1981,36 @@
 #. Translators: About 40 characters max,
 #. use newlines for longer translations.
 #. radio button
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:621
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:625
 msgid "&Skip Configuration"
 msgstr "Hoppa över in&ställningar"
 
 #. radio button
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:630
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:634
 msgid "&Use Following Configuration"
 msgstr "Använ&d följande inställningar"
 
 #. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary.
 #. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:693
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:697
 msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
 msgstr "Klicka på en rubrik för att göra ändringarna eller använd menyn \"Ändra...\" nedan."
 
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:697
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:701
 msgid "Click a headline to make changes."
 msgstr "Klicka på en rubrik för att göra ändringar."
 
 #. menu button item
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:757
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:761
 msgid "&Reset to defaults"
 msgstr "Åte&rställ till standardvärden"
 
 #. FATE #120373
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:783
 msgid "&Update"
 msgstr "&Uppdatering"
 
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:783
 msgid "&Install"
 msgstr "&Installera"
 
@@ -1966,7 +2045,7 @@
 
 #. Help text for installation proposal
 #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:426
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:435
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "Select <b>Install</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n"
@@ -1979,7 +2058,7 @@
 #. so update
 #. Help text for update proposal
 #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:443
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "Select <b>Update</b> to perform an update with the values displayed.\n"
@@ -1991,7 +2070,7 @@
 
 #. Help text for network configuration proposal
 #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:443
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:452
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "Put the network settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -2003,7 +2082,7 @@
 
 #. Help text for service configuration proposal
 #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:451
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:460
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "Put the service settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -2015,7 +2094,7 @@
 
 #. Help text for hardware configuration proposal
 #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:468
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -2026,12 +2105,12 @@
 "</p>\n"
 
 #. Proposal in uml module
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:466
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:475
 msgid "<P><B>UML Installation Proposal</B></P>"
 msgstr "<P><B>Förslag för UML-installation</B></P>"
 
 #. help text
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:468
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:477
 msgid ""
 "<P>UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n"
 "Linux virtual machines in the host system.</P>"
@@ -2042,7 +2121,7 @@
 #. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or
 #. hardhware configuration.
 #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:482
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:491
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "To use the settings as displayed, press <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -2060,7 +2139,7 @@
 msgstr "Aktiverar fjärradministration..."
 
 #. A Continue-Cancel popup
-#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:79
+#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:80
 msgid "Changing the system role may undo adjustments you may have done."
 msgstr "Om du ändrar systemrollen kan dina justeringar återställas."
 

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/instserver.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/instserver.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:50:31 UTC (rev 96894)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/instserver.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:53:39 UTC (rev 96895)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: instserver\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:45\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/iplb.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/iplb.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:50:31 UTC (rev 96894)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/iplb.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:53:39 UTC (rev 96895)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: iplb\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:45\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/iscsi-client.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/iscsi-client.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:50:31 UTC (rev 96894)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/iscsi-client.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:53:39 UTC (rev 96895)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: iscsi-client\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-18 09:50\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/iscsi-lio-server.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/iscsi-lio-server.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:50:31 UTC (rev 96894)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/iscsi-lio-server.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:53:39 UTC (rev 96895)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: iscsi-lio-server\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-18 09:50\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/isns.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/isns.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:50:31 UTC (rev 96894)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/isns.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:53:39 UTC (rev 96895)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: isns\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:45\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/journal.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/journal.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:50:31 UTC (rev 96894)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/journal.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:53:39 UTC (rev 96895)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: journal\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:45\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/journalctl.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/journalctl.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:50:31 UTC (rev 96894)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/journalctl.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:53:39 UTC (rev 96895)
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 
 #: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:83
 msgid "Refresh"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Uppdatera"
 
 #. Header
 #: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:85
@@ -115,11 +115,11 @@
 #. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided
 #: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:128
 msgid "Time"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Tid"
 
 #: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:129
 msgid "Source"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Källa"
 
 #: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:130
 msgid "Message"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/kdump.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/kdump.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:50:31 UTC (rev 96894)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/kdump.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:53:39 UTC (rev 96895)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: kdump\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:45\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"
@@ -362,7 +362,7 @@
 #. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten
 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
 #. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:501
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:502
 msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary."
 msgstr "Vill du tillämpa ändringarna måste datorn startas om."
 
@@ -1230,7 +1230,7 @@
 #. See FATE#315780
 #. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786
 #. FIXME what about dracut?
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:398
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:399
 msgid ""
 "Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n"
 "See %{log} for details."
@@ -1239,129 +1239,129 @@
 "Se %{log} för mer information."
 
 #. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:511
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:512
 msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration"
 msgstr "Initierar Kdump-inställningar"
 
 #. Progress stage 1/4
 #. Progress step 1/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:520 src/modules/Kdump.rb:528
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:521 src/modules/Kdump.rb:529
 msgid "Reading the config file..."
 msgstr "Inställningsfilen läses..."
 
 #. Progress stage 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:522
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:523
 msgid "Reading kernel boot options..."
 msgstr "Kärnans startalternativ läses..."
 
 #. Progress stage 4/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:524
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525
 msgid "Calculating memory limits..."
 msgstr "Beräknar minnesbegränsningar..."
 
 #. Progress step 2/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:530
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:531
 msgid "Reading partitions of disks..."
 msgstr "Diskpartitionerna läses..."
 
 #. Progress finished 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:532
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:533
 msgid "Reading available memory and calibrating usage..."
 msgstr "Läser in det tillgängliga minnet och kalibrerar användningen..."
 
 #. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:544
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:545
 msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump"
 msgstr "Det går inte att läsa inställningsfilen /etc/sysconfig/kdump"
 
 #. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:552
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:553
 msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options."
 msgstr "Det går inte att läsa kärnans startalternativ."
 
 #. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:560
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:561
 msgid "Cannot read available memory."
 msgstr "Det går inte att läsa tillgängligt minne."
 
 #. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:586
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:587
 msgid "Saving kdump Configuration"
 msgstr "Kdump-inställningar sparas"
 
 #. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:615
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:616
 msgid "Write the settings"
 msgstr "Inställningarna sparas"
 
 #. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:617
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618
 msgid "Update boot options"
 msgstr "Uppdatera startalternativ"
 
 #. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:621
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:622
 msgid "Writing the settings..."
 msgstr "Inställningarna sparas..."
 
 #. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:623
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624
 msgid "Updating boot options..."
 msgstr "Startalternativen uppdateras..."
 
 #. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:625
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626
 msgid "Finished"
 msgstr "Klar"
 
 #. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:636
 msgid "Cannot write settings."
 msgstr "Det gick inte att spara inställningarna."
 
 #. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:644
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:645
 msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault."
 msgstr "Crashkernel-parametern läggs till i starthanterarfelet."
 
 #. Create a textual summary
 #. @return summary of the current configuration
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:763
 msgid "Kdump status: %1"
 msgstr "Kdump-status: %1"
 
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764
 msgid "enabled"
 msgstr "AKTIVERAD"
 
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764
 msgid "disabled"
 msgstr "INAKTIVERAD"
 
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:772
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:771
 msgid "Value(s) of crashkernel option: %1"
 msgstr "Värden i crashkernel-alternativet: %1"
 
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:779
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:778
 msgid "Dump format: %1"
 msgstr "Dumpformat: %1"
 
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:786
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:785
 msgid "Target of dumps: %1"
 msgstr "Mål för dumpar: %1"
 
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:793
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:792
 msgid "Number of dumps: %1"
 msgstr "Antal dumpar: %1"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal,
 #. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:885
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:884
 msgid "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only %{available} are available."
 msgstr "Varning! Det kanske inte finns tillräckligt med lagringsutrymme. %{required} krävs, men bara %{available} är tillgängligt."
 
 #. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:972
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:971
 msgid ""
 "Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n"
 "It is not supported on this hardware."

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/languages_db.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/languages_db.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:50:31 UTC (rev 96894)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/languages_db.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:53:39 UTC (rev 96895)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: languages_db\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:45\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/ldap-client.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/ldap-client.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:50:31 UTC (rev 96894)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/ldap-client.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:53:39 UTC (rev 96895)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: ldap-client\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:45\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/ldap.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/ldap.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:50:31 UTC (rev 96894)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/ldap.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:53:39 UTC (rev 96895)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: ldap\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:45\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/mail.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/mail.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:50:31 UTC (rev 96894)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/mail.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:53:39 UTC (rev 96895)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: mail\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-18 09:50\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/migration.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/migration.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:50:31 UTC (rev 96894)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/migration.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:53:39 UTC (rev 96895)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: migration\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:45\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/multipath.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/multipath.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:50:31 UTC (rev 96894)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/multipath.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:53:39 UTC (rev 96895)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: multipath\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:45\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/network.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/network.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:50:31 UTC (rev 96894)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/network.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:53:39 UTC (rev 96895)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: network\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-18 09:50\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"
@@ -670,7 +670,7 @@
 msgid "Device"
 msgstr "Enhet"
 
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:210 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:399
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:210 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:408
 msgid "Options"
 msgstr "Alternativ"
 
@@ -739,13 +739,13 @@
 
 #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
 #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1371
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1340
 msgid "Warning: no encryption is used."
 msgstr "Varning: ingen kryptering används."
 
 #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
 #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1373
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1342
 msgid "Change."
 msgstr "Ändra."
 
@@ -1116,14 +1116,14 @@
 #. ComboBox label
 #. ComboBox label
 #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:156
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:351
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:360
 msgid "&Device Type"
 msgstr "Enhetst&yp"
 
 #. ComboBox label
 #. TextEntry label
 #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:337
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:346
 msgid "&Configuration Name"
 msgstr "&Inställningsnamn"
 
@@ -1136,7 +1136,7 @@
 msgstr "Tunnelgrupp"
 
 #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1307
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1313
 msgid "Bridged Devices"
 msgstr "Bryggade enheter"
 
@@ -1208,7 +1208,7 @@
 #. TextEntry label
 #. TextEntry label
 #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:332
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:210
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:207
 #: src/include/network/services/host.rb:330
 msgid "&IP Address"
 msgstr "&IP-adress"
@@ -1303,62 +1303,61 @@
 "Duplicerad IP-adress identifierad.\n"
 "Verkligen fortsätta?\n"
 
-#. @param [Array<String>] types network card types
-#. @return their descriptions for CWM
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1187
+#. Stores content of IFPLUGD_PRIORITY widget into internal variables
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1193
 msgid "&General"
 msgstr "&Allmänt"
 
 #. TODO: "MANDATORY",
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1198
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1204
 msgid "Device Activation"
 msgstr "Enhetsaktivering"
 
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1202
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1208
 msgid "Firewall Zone"
 msgstr "Brandväggszon"
 
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1207
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1213
 msgid "Maximum Transfer Unit (MTU)"
 msgstr "Maximal överföringsenhet (MTU)"
 
 #. FIXME: we have helps per widget and for the whole
 #. tab set but not for one tab
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1217
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1223
 msgid "<p>Configure the detailed network card settings here.</p>"
 msgstr "<p>Här kan du ställa in detaljerade nätverkskortinställningar.</p>"
 
 #. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing
 #. shortcuts
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1284
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1290
 msgid "&Address"
 msgstr "&Adress"
 
 #. Address tab help
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1287
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293
 msgid "<p>Configure your IP address.</p>"
 msgstr "<p>Ställ in din IP-adress.</p>"
 
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1299
 msgid "&Hardware"
 msgstr "&Maskinvara"
 
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1300
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1306
 msgid "&Bond Slaves"
 msgstr "&Bond-slavenheter"
 
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1314
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1320
 msgid "&Wireless"
 msgstr "&Trådlöst"
 
 #. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..)
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1398
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404
 msgid "Ifplugd Priority"
 msgstr "Ifplugd-prioritet"
 
 #. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be
 #. substituted as %1
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1410
 msgid ""
 "<p><b><big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big></b></p> \n"
 "<p> All interfaces configured with <b>On Cable Connection</b> and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n"
@@ -1373,12 +1372,12 @@
 " ange prioritet för varje gränssnitt.  </p>\n"
 
 #. Address dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1486
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1493
 msgid "Network Card Setup"
 msgstr "Ställ in nätverkskort"
 
 #. Translators: Warn the user about not desired effect
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1617
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1618
 msgid ""
 "The interfaces selected share the same physical port and bonding them \n"
 "may not have the desired effect of redundancy.\n"
@@ -1768,7 +1767,7 @@
 msgstr "Ändra standardväg via DHCP"
 
 #. Manual network card setup help 1/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:82
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:91
 msgid ""
 "<p>Set up hardware-specific options for \n"
 "your network device here.</p>\n"
@@ -1778,7 +1777,7 @@
 
 #. Manual network card setup help 2/4
 #. translators: do not translated udev, MAC, BusID
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:91
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:100
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>Device Type</b>. Various device types are available, select \n"
 "one according your needs.</p>"
@@ -1786,7 +1785,7 @@
 "<p><b>Enhetstyp</b>. Olika enhetstyper finns tillgängliga. Välj \n"
 "en efter vad du behöver.</p>"
 
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:99
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:108
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>Udev Rules</b> are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n"
 "associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n"
@@ -1796,7 +1795,7 @@
 "att MAC-adressen eller BusID för nätverksenheten kopplas till sitt namn\n"
 "(t.ex. eth1, wlan0 ) och säkerställer ett beständigt enhetsnamn vid omstart.\n"
 
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:105
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:114
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>Show visible port identification</b> allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n"
 "Set appropriate time, click <b>Blink</b> and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n"
@@ -1807,7 +1806,7 @@
 "</p>"
 
 #. Manual network card setup help 2/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:118
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:127
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>Kernel Module</b>. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n"
 "for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n"
@@ -1818,7 +1817,7 @@
 "enheten i listrutan. Om nödvändigt väljer du en enhet i listan, men normalt fungerar standardvärdet.</p>\n"
 
 #. Manual networ card setup help 3/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:125
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:134
 msgid ""
 "<p>Additionally, specify <b>Options</b> for the kernel module. Use this\n"
 "format: <i>option</i>=<i>value</i>. Each entry should be space-separated, for example: <i>io=0x300 irq=5</i>. <b>Note:</b> If two cards are \n"
@@ -1828,12 +1827,12 @@
 "formatet: <i>alternativ</i>=<i>värde</i>. Varje post ska separeras med blanksteg, t.ex.: <i>io=0x300 irq=5</i>. <b>Obs!</b> Om två kort har \n"
 "konfigurerats med samma modulnamn sammanfogas alternativen när du sparar dem.</p>\n"
 
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:131
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140
 msgid "<p>If you specify options via <b>Ethtool options</b>, ifup will call ethtool with these options.</p>\n"
 msgstr "<p>Om du anger alternativ via <b>Ethtool-alternativ</b>, anroppar ifup ethtool med de alternativen.</p>\n"
 
 #. Manual dialog help 4/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:149
 msgid ""
 "<p>If you have a <b>PCMCIA</b> network card, select PCMCIA.\n"
 "If you have a <b>USB</b> network card, select USB.</p>\n"
@@ -1843,7 +1842,7 @@
 
 #. overwrite help
 #. Manual dialog help 5/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:149
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:158
 msgid ""
 "<p>Here, set up your networking device. The values will be\n"
 "written to <i>/etc/modprobe.conf</i> or <i>/etc/chandev.conf</i>.</p>\n"
@@ -1852,7 +1851,7 @@
 "skrivas in i <i>/etc/modprobe.conf</i> eller <i>/etc/chandev.conf</i>.</p>\n"
 
 #. Manual dialog help 6/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:153
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:162
 msgid ""
 "<p>Options for the module should be written in the format specified\n"
 "in the <b>IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands</b> manual.</p>"
@@ -1861,62 +1860,62 @@
 "i manualen <b>IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands</b>.</p>"
 
 #. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:281
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:290
 msgid "&PCMCIA"
 msgstr "&PCMCIA"
 
 #. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:290
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:299
 msgid "&USB"
 msgstr "&USB"
 
 #. #116211 - allow user to change modules from list
 #. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:302
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:311
 msgid "&Kernel Module"
 msgstr "&Kärnmodul"
 
 #. Text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:312
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:321
 msgid "&Module Name"
 msgstr "&Modulnamn"
 
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:365
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:374
 msgid "Udev Rules"
 msgstr "Udev-regler"
 
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:367
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:376
 msgid "Device Name"
 msgstr "Enhetsnamn"
 
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:368
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:377
 msgid "Change"
 msgstr "Ändra"
 
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:379
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:388
 msgid "Show Visible Port Identification"
 msgstr "Visa synlig portidentifiering"
 
 #. translators: how many seconds will card be blinking
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:384
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:393
 msgid "Seconds"
 msgstr "Sekunder"
 
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:389
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:398
 msgid "Blink"
 msgstr "Blinka"
 
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:394
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:403
 msgid "Ethtool Options"
 msgstr "Ethtool-alternativ"
 
 #. Manual selection caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:472
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:481
 msgid "Manual Network Card Selection"
 msgstr "Manuellt val av nätverkskort"
 
 #. Manual selection help
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:475
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:484
 msgid ""
 "<p>Select the network card to configure. Search\n"
 "for a particular network card by entering the name in the search entry.</p>"
@@ -1926,27 +1925,43 @@
 
 #. Selection box label
 #. Selection box title
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:485
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:537
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:494
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:546
 msgid "&Network Card"
 msgstr "&Nätverkskort"
 
 #. Text entry field
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:489
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:498
 msgid "&Search"
 msgstr "&Sök"
 
 #. bnc#767946
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:796
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:804
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n"
+#| "Choose a different one."
 msgid ""
-"Configuration name %1 already exists.\n"
+"Configuration name %s already exists.\n"
 "Choose a different one."
 msgstr ""
 "Det finns redan en konfiguration med namnet %1.\n"
 "Välj ett annat namn."
 
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:810
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n"
+#| "Choose a different one."
+msgid ""
+"Configuration name %s is invalid.\n"
+"Choose a different one."
+msgstr ""
+"Det finns redan en konfiguration med namnet %1.\n"
+"Välj ett annat namn."
+
 #. S/390 dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:853
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:866
 msgid "S/390 Network Card Configuration"
 msgstr "Ställ in nätverkskort för S/390"
 
@@ -1954,131 +1969,131 @@
 #. Frame label
 #. Frame label
 #. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:872
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:974
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1078
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:885
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:987
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1054
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1091
 msgid "S/390 Device Settings"
 msgstr "Enhetsinställningar för S/390"
 
 #. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:882
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:895
 msgid "&Port Name"
 msgstr "&Portnamn"
 
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:887
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:900
 msgid "Port Number"
 msgstr "Portnummer"
 
 #. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:901
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:914
 msgid "&Enable IPA Takeover"
 msgstr "&Aktivera IPA-övertagning"
 
 #. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:908
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:921
 msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support"
 msgstr "Aktivera &lager2-stöd"
 
 #. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:915
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:928
 msgid "Layer2 &MAC Address"
 msgstr "Lager2 &MAC-adress"
 
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:923
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1053
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:936
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1012
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1066
 msgid "Read Channel"
 msgstr "Läs kanal"
 
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:929
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1005
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1059
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:942
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1018
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1072
 msgid "Write Channel"
 msgstr "Skriv kanal"
 
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:935
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:948
 msgid "Control Channel"
 msgstr "Kontrollkanal"
 
 #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:946
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:959
 msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Port Name</b> for this interface (case-sensitive).</p>"
 msgstr "<p>Ange <b>Portnamnet</b> för det här gränssnittet (skiftlägeskänsligt).</p>"
 
 #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:950
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:963
 msgid "<p>Enter any additional <b>Options</b> for this interface (separated by spaces).</p>"
 msgstr "<p>Ange ytterligare <b>Alternativ</b> för det här gränssnittet (avgränsade med mellanslag).</p>"
 
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:953
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:966
 msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable IPA Takeover</b> if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface.</p>"
 msgstr "<p>Markera <b>Aktivera IPA-övertagning</b> om IP-adressövertagning ska aktiveras för det här gränssnittet.</p>"
 
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:956
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:969
 msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable Layer 2 Support</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>"
 msgstr "<p>Välj <b>Aktivera lager2-stöd</b> om det här kortet har blivit inställt med lager2-stöd.</p>"
 
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:959
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:972
 msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Layer 2 MAC Address</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>"
 msgstr "<p>Ange <b>Lager2 Mac-adress</b> om det här kortet har blivit inställt med lager2-stöd.</p>"
 
 #. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:983
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:996
 msgid "&Port Number"
 msgstr "&Portnummer"
 
 #. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:991
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1004
 msgid "&LANCMD Time-Out"
 msgstr "Tidsgräns för &LANCMD"
 
 #. S/390 dialog help: LCS
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1016
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1029
 msgid "<p>Choose the <b>Port Number</b> for this interface.</p>"
 msgstr "<p>Välj <b>Portnamnet</b> för det här gränssnittet.</p>"
 
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1017
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1030
 msgid "<p>Specify the <b>LANCMD Time-Out</b> for this interface.</p>"
 msgstr "<p>Ange <b>Tidsgräns för LANCMD</b> för det här gränssnittet.</p>"
 
 #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1022
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1035
 msgid "Compatibility Mode"
 msgstr "Kompabilitetsläge"
 
 #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1024
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1037
 msgid "Extended Mode"
 msgstr "Utökat läge"
 
 #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1026
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1039
 msgid "CTC-Based tty (Linux to Linux Connections)"
 msgstr "CTC-baserad tty (Linux till Linux-anslutningar)"
 
 #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1028
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041
 msgid "Compatibility Mode with OS/390 and z/OS"
 msgstr "Kompabilitetsläge med OS/390 och z/OS"
 
 #. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1047
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1060
 msgid "&Protocol"
 msgstr "&Protokoll"
 
 #. S/390 dialog help: CTC
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1070
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1083
 msgid "<p>Choose the <b>Protocol</b> for this interface.</p>"
 msgstr "<p>Välj <b>Protokollet</b> för det här gränssnittet.</p>"
 
 #. TextEntry label, #42789
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1087
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1100
 msgid "&Peer Name"
 msgstr "Mot&partens namn"
 
 #. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1098
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1111
 msgid ""
 "<p>Enter the name of the IUCV peer,\n"
 "for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).</p>\n"
@@ -2086,7 +2101,7 @@
 "<p>Ange namnet på IUCV-motparten,\n"
 "till exempel z/VM-användarnamnet som ska användas för att ansluta (skiftlägeskänsligt).</p>\n"
 
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1211
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1224
 msgid ""
 "An error occurred while creating device.\n"
 "See YaST log for details."
@@ -2096,7 +2111,7 @@
 
 #. Manual network card configuration dialog
 #. @return dialog result
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1233
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1246
 msgid "Hardware Dialog"
 msgstr "Maskinvarudialogruta"
 
@@ -2750,29 +2765,29 @@
 "tillgängliga alternativ.</p>"
 
 #. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:206
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:203
 msgid "IPv4 &Address Label"
 msgstr "IPv4-&adressetikett"
 
 #. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:214
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:211
 msgid "Net&mask"
 msgstr "Nät&mask"
 
 #. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:244
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:241
 msgid "Label is too long."
 msgstr "Etiketten är för lång."
 
 #. Popup::Error text
 #. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:254
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:251
 #: src/include/network/services/host.rb:375
 msgid "The IP address is invalid."
 msgstr "IP-adressen är felaktig."
 
 #. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:263
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:260
 msgid "The subnet mask is invalid."
 msgstr "Delnätmasken är felaktig."
 
@@ -3411,7 +3426,7 @@
 #. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup
 #.
 #. returns true if items were disabled
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:829
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:833
 msgid ""
 "Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n"
 "or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options."
@@ -3420,26 +3435,26 @@
 "eller är helt inaktiverat. YaST kan inte konfigurera vissa alternativ."
 
 #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:889
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:893
 msgid "Network Cards"
 msgstr "Nätverkskort"
 
 #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:893
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:897
 msgid "Modems"
 msgstr "Modem"
 
 #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:897
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:901
 msgid "ISDN Cards"
 msgstr "ISDN-kort"
 
 #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:901
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:905
 msgid "DSL Devices"
 msgstr "DSL-enheter"
 
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:906
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:910
 msgid "All Network Devices"
 msgstr "Alla nätverksenheter"
 
@@ -4378,79 +4393,79 @@
 #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto
 #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto
 #. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1237 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1241
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1245
 msgid "Started automatically at boot"
 msgstr "Startas automatiskt vid start"
 
 #. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1249
 msgid "Started automatically on cable connection"
 msgstr "Startas automatiskt vid kabelanslutning"
 
 #. summary description of STARTMODE=managed
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1284
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1253
 msgid "Managed by NetworkManager"
 msgstr "Hanterad av Nätverkshanteraren"
 
 #. summary description of STARTMODE=off
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1257
 msgid "Will not be started at all"
 msgstr "Startas inte alls"
 
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1294
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1263
 msgid "Started manually"
 msgstr "Startad manuellt"
 
 #. do nothing
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1306
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1275
 msgid "IP address assigned using"
 msgstr "IP-adress tilldelad med"
 
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1310
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1279
 msgid "IP address: %s/%s"
 msgstr "IP-adress: %s/%s"
 
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1313
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1282
 msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s"
 msgstr "IP-adress: %s, delnätmask %s"
 
 #. FIXME: side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item
 #. overview. Check and remove.
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1337
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1306
 msgid "Not configured"
 msgstr "Inte inställd"
 
 #. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1359 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1328 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1390
 msgid "Device Name: %s"
 msgstr "Enhetsnamn: %s"
 
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1380
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1349
 msgid "Bonding slaves"
 msgstr "Bond-slavenheter"
 
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1394
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363
 msgid "enslaved in %s"
 msgstr "slavenhet i %s"
 
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1395
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1364
 msgid "Bonding master"
 msgstr "Bond-huvudenhet"
 
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1409
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1378
 msgid "Not connected"
 msgstr "Inte ansluten"
 
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1410
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1379
 msgid "No hwinfo"
 msgstr "Ingen hwinfo"
 
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1396
 msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details."
 msgstr "Det går inte att konfigurera nätverkskortet eftersom kärnenheten (eth0, wlan0) inte finns. Det orsakas oftast av saknad fast programvara (för wlan-enheter). Se utdata från dmesg för detaljer."
 
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1433
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1402
 msgid ""
 "The device is not configured. Press <b>Edit</b>\n"
 "to configure.\n"
@@ -4458,11 +4473,11 @@
 "Enheten är inte konfigurerad. Tryck på <b>Redigera</b>\n"
 "om du vill konfigurera den.\n"
 
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1440
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1409
 msgid "Needed firmware"
 msgstr "Obligatorisk inbyggd programvara"
 
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1440
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1409
 msgid "unknown"
 msgstr "Okänd"
 

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/nfs.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/nfs.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:50:31 UTC (rev 96894)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/nfs.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:53:39 UTC (rev 96895)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: nfs\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:45\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/nfs_server.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/nfs_server.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:50:31 UTC (rev 96894)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/nfs_server.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:53:39 UTC (rev 96895)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: nfs_server\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:45\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/nis.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/nis.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:50:31 UTC (rev 96894)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/nis.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:53:39 UTC (rev 96895)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: nis\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:45\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/nis_server.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/nis_server.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:50:31 UTC (rev 96894)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/nis_server.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:53:39 UTC (rev 96895)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: nis_server\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:45\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/ntp-client.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/ntp-client.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:50:31 UTC (rev 96894)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/ntp-client.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:53:39 UTC (rev 96895)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: ntp-client\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-18 09:50\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/oneclickinstall.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/oneclickinstall.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:50:31 UTC (rev 96894)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/oneclickinstall.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:53:39 UTC (rev 96895)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:13+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-01-04 13:30+0100\n"
 "Last-Translator: Mattias Newzella <newzella@linux.nu>\n"
 "Language-Team: Swedish <i18n@suse.de>\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/online-update-configuration.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/online-update-configuration.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:50:31 UTC (rev 96894)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/online-update-configuration.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:53:39 UTC (rev 96895)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: online-update-configuration\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:45\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/online-update.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/online-update.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:50:31 UTC (rev 96894)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/online-update.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:53:39 UTC (rev 96895)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: online-update\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:45\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/opensuse_mirror.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/opensuse_mirror.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:50:31 UTC (rev 96894)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/opensuse_mirror.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:53:39 UTC (rev 96895)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:13+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-01-04 13:30+0100\n"
 "Last-Translator: Mattias Newzella <newzella@linux.nu>\n"
 "Language-Team: Swedish <i18n@suse.de>\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/packager.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/packager.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:50:31 UTC (rev 96894)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/packager.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:53:39 UTC (rev 96895)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: packager\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-18 09:50\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"
@@ -850,7 +850,7 @@
 
 #. popup message part 2 followed by other info
 #. popup message, after message header, header of details
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1328
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1307
 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310
 msgid "Details:"
 msgstr "Detaljer:"
@@ -858,7 +858,7 @@
 #. popup message part 3
 #. end of popup message, question
 #. end of popup message, question
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1336
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1315
 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312
 msgid "Try again?"
 msgstr "Försöka igen?"
@@ -1473,7 +1473,7 @@
 #. popup message part 1
 #. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys
 #: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:323
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1323 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1302 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306
 msgid ""
 "Unable to create repository\n"
 "from URL '%1'."
@@ -1517,7 +1517,7 @@
 #. popup error
 #. popup error
 #: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:522 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:624
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:533 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:726
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:574 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:767
 msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system."
 msgstr "Ett fel uppstod när installationssystemet förbereddes."
 
@@ -1539,8 +1539,8 @@
 #. FATE #302398: PATTERNS keyword in content file
 #. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625)
 #. no such products
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1143 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1781
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1787 src/modules/Packages.rb:471
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1143 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1733
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1739 src/modules/Packages.rb:450
 msgid "Unknown Product"
 msgstr "Okänd produkt"
 
@@ -1551,7 +1551,7 @@
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: error report
 #. TRANSLATORS: error report
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1278 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1442
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1278 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1439
 msgid "Unable to use additional products."
 msgstr "Det går inte att använda ytterligare produkter."
 
@@ -1565,12 +1565,12 @@
 msgstr "URL: %1, sökväg: %2"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: popup heading
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1376
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1374
 msgid "Additional Products"
 msgstr "Ytterligare produkter"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1382
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1379
 msgid ""
 "The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n"
 "Select the ones you want to use.\n"
@@ -1578,28 +1578,30 @@
 "Installationsarkivet innehåller även dessa ytterligare arkiv.\n"
 "Välj de som du vill använda.\n"
 
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1393
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1390
 msgid "Additional Products to Select"
 msgstr "Ytterligare produkter att välja"
 
 #. push button label
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1400
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1397
 msgid "Add Selected &Products"
 msgstr "Lägg till markerade &produkter"
 
 #. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1532
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1529
 msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium"
 msgstr "Sätt i tilläggsmediet %1"
 
 #. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1537
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1534
 msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium"
 msgstr "Sätt i mediet %1 %2"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1589
-msgid "Unable to add product %1."
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1581
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Unable to add product %1."
+msgid "Unable to add product %s."
 msgstr "Det går inte att lägga till produkten %1."
 
 #. update the trusted flag
@@ -1732,23 +1734,23 @@
 msgstr "Verkställer delta-RPM: %1"
 
 #. warning text
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:311
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:290
 msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution."
 msgstr "Din dator är ett 64 bitars x86-64-system, men du försöker installera en 32 bitars distribution."
 
 #. help text for software proposal
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:327
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:306
 msgid "<P>The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system.</P>"
 msgstr "<P>Mönsterlistan anger vilka funktioner som kommer att vara tillgängliga när systemet har installerats.</P>"
 
 #. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers)
 #. translators: help text for software proposal
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:339
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:318
 msgid "<P>The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation.</P>"
 msgstr "<P>Förslaget visar den totala storleken för filerna som ska installeras på systemet. Systemet innehåller dock vissa andra filer (tillfälliga filer och arbetsfiler) så det använda utrymmet kommer att vara något större än det föreslagna värdet. Det kan därför vara bra att se till att minst 25 % (eller cirka 300 MB) ledigt utrymme finns tillgängligt innan du påbörjar installationen.</P>"
 
 #. help text for software proposal
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:344
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:323
 msgid ""
 "<P>The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n"
 "downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.</P>\n"
@@ -1757,107 +1759,107 @@
 "laddas ned från fjärrarkiven (nätverk). Värdet är viktigt om anslutningen är långsam eller om det finns en nedladdningsgräns för data.</P>\n"
 
 #. help text for software proposal - header
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:353
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:332
 msgid "<P><B>Software Proposal</B></P>"
 msgstr "<P><B>Programförslag</B></P>"
 
 #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the installed product
 #. (e.g. openSUSE 10.3, SUSE Linux Enterprise ...)
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:370
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:349
 msgid "Product: %1"
 msgstr "Produkt: %1"
 
 #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the selected desktop or system type (e.g. KDE)
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:384
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:363
 msgid "System Type: %1"
 msgstr "Systemtyp: %1"
 
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:395
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:374
 msgid "Patterns:<br>"
 msgstr "Mönster:<br>"
 
 #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is size of the selected packages (in MB or GB)
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:405
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:384
 msgid "Size of Packages to Install: %1"
 msgstr "Storlek på paket som ska installeras: %1"
 
 #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is download size of the selected packages
 #. which will be installed from an ftp or http repository (in MB or GB)
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:418
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:397
 msgid "Downloading from Remote Repositories: %1"
 msgstr "Hämtar från fjärrarkiv: %1"
 
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:480
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:459
 msgid "These add-on products have been marked for auto-removal: %1"
 msgstr "Dessa tilläggsprodukter har markerats för automatisk borttagning: %1"
 
 #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:504
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:483
 msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media."
 msgstr "Kontakta leverantörerna för dessa tillägg om du behöver nya installationsmedia."
 
 #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:508
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:487
 msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media."
 msgstr "Kontakta leverantören för tillägget om du behöver ett nytt installationsmedium."
 
 #. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2"
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:549
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:528
 msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation."
 msgstr "Fel: Det går inte att kontrollera det lediga utrymmet i baskatalogen %1 (enhet %2). Installationen kan inte startas."
 
 #. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2"
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:569
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:548
 msgid "Warning: Cannot check free space in directory %1 (device %2)."
 msgstr "Varning! Det går inte att kontrollera det lediga utrymmet i katalogen %1 (enhet %2)."
 
 #. summary warning
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:612
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:591
 msgid "Not enough disk space."
 msgstr "Inte tillräckligt med diskutrymme."
 
 #. summary warning
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:614
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:593
 msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection."
 msgstr "Inte tillräckligt med diskutrymme. Ta bort några paket i enkelvalet."
 
 #. add a backslash if it's missing
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:635
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:614
 msgid "Only %1 (%2%%) free space available on partition %3.<BR>"
 msgstr "Endast %1 (%2%%) ledigt utrymme på partition %3.<BR>"
 
 #. newly installed products
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:704
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:683
 msgid "New product <b>%s</b> will be installed"
 msgstr "Den nya produkten <b>%s</b> installeras"
 
 #. product update: %s is a product name
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:714
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:693
 msgid "Product <b>%s</b> will be updated"
 msgstr "Produkten <b>%s</b> uppdateras"
 
 #. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:716
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:695
 msgid "Product <b>%{old_product}</b> will be updated to <b>%{new_product}</b>"
 msgstr "Produkten <b>%{old_product}</b> uppdateras till <b>%{new_product}</b>"
 
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:723
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:702
 msgid "Product <b>%s</b> will stay installed"
 msgstr "Produkten <b>%s</b> förblir installerad"
 
 #. Removing another product might be an issue
 #. (just warn if removed by user or by YaST)
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:733
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:712
 msgid "<b>Warning:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be removed."
 msgstr "<b>Varning!</b> Produkten <b>%s</b> tas bort."
 
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:734
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:713
 msgid "<b>Error:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be automatically removed."
 msgstr "<b>Fel:</b> Produkten <b>%s</b> tas bort automatiskt."
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release",
 #. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release")
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:760
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:739
 msgid ""
 "<ul><li><b>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</b></li>\n"
 "<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n"
@@ -1874,12 +1876,12 @@
 "</li></ul></li></ul>"
 
 #. error in proposal, %1 is URL
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1344
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1323
 msgid "No repository found at '%1'."
 msgstr "Det gick inte att hitta något arkiv på %1."
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1617
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1596
 msgid ""
 "<p><b>The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n"
 "media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n"
@@ -1890,31 +1892,31 @@
 "ladda ned uppdaterad versionsinformation från SUSE Linux-webbservern.</b></p>\n"
 
 #. popup - information label
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1644
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1623
 msgid "Integrating booted media..."
 msgstr "Integrerar startad media..."
 
 #. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1666
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1645
 msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository."
 msgstr "Det gick inte att integrera service pack-arkivet."
 
 #. popup - information label
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1699
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1678
 msgid "Initializing repositories..."
 msgstr "Arkiv initieras..."
 
 #. message popup, %1 is product name
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1931
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1910
 msgid "Insert %1 CD 1"
 msgstr "Lägg i CD 1 för %1"
 
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1933
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1912
 msgid "%1 CD 1 not found"
 msgstr "%1 cd 1 inte hittad"
 
 #. an error message
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2043
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2022
 msgid ""
 "Error while initializing package descriptions.\n"
 "Check the log file %1 for more details."
@@ -1923,7 +1925,7 @@
 "Se loggfilen %1 för mer detaljer."
 
 #. bnc #436925
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2304
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2283
 msgid ""
 "The software selection has been changed externally.\n"
 "Software proposal will be called again."
@@ -1932,12 +1934,12 @@
 "Programvaruförslaget anropas igen."
 
 #. popup label
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2322
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2301
 msgid "Evaluating package selection..."
 msgstr "Utvärderar paketval..."
 
 #. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2627
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2633
 msgid ""
 "Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n"
 "Pattern has not been found."
@@ -1948,27 +1950,27 @@
 #. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted
 #.
 #. @param [String] license_ident file name
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:152 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:159
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:157 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:164
 msgid "Cannot read license file %1"
 msgstr "Det gick inte att läsa licensfilen %1"
 
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:153
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:158
 msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image."
 msgstr "Se till att produktlicensen visas korrekt genom att placera license.tar.gz-filen vid roten för live media när du bygger avbildningen."
 
 #. combo box
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:297
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:302
 msgid "&Language"
 msgstr "S&pråk"
 
 #. check box label
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:347
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391
 msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms."
 msgstr "Jag &accepterar licensvillkoren."
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: addition license information
 #. %s is replaced with the directory name
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:372
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:416
 msgid ""
 "This EULA can be found in the directory\n"
 "%s"
@@ -1978,7 +1980,7 @@
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: addition license information
 #. %s is replaced with the filename
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:376
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:420
 msgid ""
 "If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n"
 "on the first media in the file %s"
@@ -1987,7 +1989,7 @@
 "på det första mediet i filen %s"
 
 #. help text
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:394
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:438
 msgid ""
 "<p>Read the license agreement carefully and select\n"
 "one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\n"
@@ -2001,28 +2003,20 @@
 #. #459391
 #. If a progress is running open another dialog
 #. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:404 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1144
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1217
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:448 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1197
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1270
 msgid "License Agreement"
 msgstr "Licensavtal"
 
 #. popup question
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1017
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1061
 msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?"
 msgstr "Vill du avbryta installationen av tilläggsprodukter?"
 
-#. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup)
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1041
+#. text changed due to bug #162499
+#. TRANSLATORS: text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup)
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1095
 msgid ""
-"Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n"
-"Really refuse the agreement?"
-msgstr ""
-"Om du inte accepterar licensavtalet avbryts installationen.\n"
-"Nekar du att anta licensavtalet?"
-
-#. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup)
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1044
-msgid ""
 "Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n"
 "product installation. Really refuse the agreement?"
 msgstr ""
@@ -2030,18 +2024,18 @@
 "av tilläggsprodukter. Nekar du att anta licensavtalet?"
 
 #. timed ok/cancel popup
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1054
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1107
 msgid "The system is shutting down..."
 msgstr "Systemet stängs av..."
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: %s is an extension name
 #. e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit"
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1153
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1206
 msgid "%s License Agreement"
 msgstr "Lcensavtal för %s"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found
-#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1573
+#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1622
 msgid ""
 "If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n"
 "%{license_url}"
@@ -2965,3 +2959,10 @@
 #: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:899
 msgid "Deselect some packages."
 msgstr "Avmarkera några paket."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n"
+#~ "Really refuse the agreement?"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Om du inte accepterar licensavtalet avbryts installationen.\n"
+#~ "Nekar du att anta licensavtalet?"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/pam.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/pam.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:50:31 UTC (rev 96894)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/pam.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:53:39 UTC (rev 96895)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: pam\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:45\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/pkg-bindings.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/pkg-bindings.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:50:31 UTC (rev 96894)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/pkg-bindings.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:53:39 UTC (rev 96895)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: pkg-bindings\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:45\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/printer.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/printer.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:50:31 UTC (rev 96894)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/printer.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:53:39 UTC (rev 96895)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: printer\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:45\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/product-creator.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/product-creator.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:50:31 UTC (rev 96894)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/product-creator.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:53:39 UTC (rev 96895)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: product-creator\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:45\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/proxy.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/proxy.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:50:31 UTC (rev 96894)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/proxy.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:53:39 UTC (rev 96895)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: proxy\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:45\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/rear.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/rear.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:50:31 UTC (rev 96894)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/rear.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:53:39 UTC (rev 96895)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: rear\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:45\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/registration.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/registration.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:50:31 UTC (rev 96894)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/registration.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:53:39 UTC (rev 96895)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: registration\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-15 17:44+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-18 09:50\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"
@@ -308,15 +308,14 @@
 msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..."
 msgstr "Importerar %s-certifikat..."
 
-#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use
-#. the original error message from openSSL
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:261
+#. workaround after string freeze
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:264
 msgid "Secure connection error: %s"
 msgstr "Fel i säker anslutning: %s"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL,
 #. e.g. https://smt.example.com
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:280
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:283
 msgid ""
 "An old registration server was detected at\n"
 "%s.\n"
@@ -330,13 +329,13 @@
 
 #. FIXME: use a better message, this one has been reused after the text freeze
 #. error message, the entered URL is not valid.
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:292
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:295
 #: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:544
 msgid "Invalid URL."
 msgstr "Ogiltig URL."
 
 #. Error popup
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:296
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:299
 msgid ""
 "Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n"
 "Do you want to configure the network now?"
@@ -344,7 +343,7 @@
 "Nätverket har inte ställts in och det går inte att nå registreringsservern.\n"
 "Vill du ställa in nätverket nu?"
 
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:303
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:306
 msgid "Network error, check the network configuration."
 msgstr "Nätverksfel, kontrollera nätverkskonfigurationen."
 
@@ -586,23 +585,23 @@
 
 #. create the main dialog definition
 #. @return [Yast::Term] the main UI dialog term
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:91
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:90
 msgid "&Filter Out Beta Versions"
 msgstr "&Filtrera ut betaversioner"
 
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:93
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:92
 msgid "Details"
 msgstr "Detaljer"
 
 #. addon description widget
 #. @return [Yast::Term] the addon details widget
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:103
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:102
 msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here"
 msgstr "Välj ett tillägg eller en modul för att visa information här"
 
 #. checkbox label for an unavailable extension
 #. (%s is an extension name)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:116
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:115
 msgid "%s (not available)"
 msgstr "%s (inte tillgängligt)"
 

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/relocation-server.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/relocation-server.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:50:31 UTC (rev 96894)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/relocation-server.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:53:39 UTC (rev 96895)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: relocation-server\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:45\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/s390.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/s390.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:50:31 UTC (rev 96894)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/s390.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:53:39 UTC (rev 96895)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: s390\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:45\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/samba-client.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/samba-client.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:50:31 UTC (rev 96894)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/samba-client.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:53:39 UTC (rev 96895)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: samba-client\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:45\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/samba-server.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/samba-server.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:50:31 UTC (rev 96894)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/samba-server.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:53:39 UTC (rev 96895)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: samba-server\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:45\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/samba-users.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/samba-users.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:50:31 UTC (rev 96894)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/samba-users.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:53:39 UTC (rev 96895)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: samba-users\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:45\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/scanner.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/scanner.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:50:31 UTC (rev 96894)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/scanner.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:53:39 UTC (rev 96895)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: scanner\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:45\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/security.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/security.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:50:31 UTC (rev 96894)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/security.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:53:39 UTC (rev 96895)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: security\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:45\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"
@@ -1232,6 +1232,10 @@
 msgid "Predefined Security Configurations"
 msgstr "Fördefinierade säkerhetsinställningar"
 
+#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:62
+msgid "Security"
+msgstr "Säkerhet"
+
 #. Dialog caption
 #: src/include/security/wizards.rb:159
 msgid "Security Configuration"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/services-manager.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/services-manager.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:50:31 UTC (rev 96894)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/services-manager.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:53:39 UTC (rev 96895)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: services-manager\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:45\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/slp-server.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/slp-server.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:50:31 UTC (rev 96894)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/slp-server.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:53:39 UTC (rev 96895)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: slp-server\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:45\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/snapper.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/snapper.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:50:31 UTC (rev 96894)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/snapper.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:53:39 UTC (rev 96895)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: snapper\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:45\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/sound.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/sound.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:50:31 UTC (rev 96894)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/sound.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:53:39 UTC (rev 96895)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: sound\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:45\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/squid.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/squid.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:50:31 UTC (rev 96894)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/squid.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:53:39 UTC (rev 96895)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: squid\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:45\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/storage.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/storage.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:50:31 UTC (rev 96894)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/storage.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:53:39 UTC (rev 96895)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: storage\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:45\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"
@@ -1041,9 +1041,17 @@
 #. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any
 #. other /boot partition, we should warn the user.
 #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:298
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Warning:\n"
+#| "Your system needs a boot partition with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n"
+#| "Please, consider creating one.\n"
+#| "\n"
+#| "Really use this setup?\n"
 msgid ""
 "Warning:\n"
-"Your system needs a boot partition with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n"
+"Your system needs a boot partition, either with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP\n"
+"on MS-DOS or type 0x00 GPT PReP Boot on GPT.\n"
 "Please, consider creating one.\n"
 "\n"
 "Really use this setup?\n"
@@ -1055,7 +1063,7 @@
 "Vill du använda denna installation?\n"
 
 #. popup text, %1 is a number
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:313
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:314
 msgid ""
 "Warning:\n"
 "Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n"
@@ -1076,7 +1084,7 @@
 "Vill du använda den här konfigurationen?\n"
 
 #. popup text, %1 is a size
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:333
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:334
 msgid ""
 "Warning:\n"
 "Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n"
@@ -1091,7 +1099,7 @@
 "Vill du behålla den här storleken på startpartitionen?\n"
 
 #. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT ///////////////////////////
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:350
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:351
 msgid ""
 "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n"
 "Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n"
@@ -1108,12 +1116,21 @@
 #. popup text
 #. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to
 #. boot from the hard drive!
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:370
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:371
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n"
+#| "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n"
+#| "(approx. %1) is required.  Consider creating one\n"
+#| "with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n"
+#| "\n"
+#| "Really use the setup without /boot partition?\n"
 msgid ""
 "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n"
 "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n"
 "(approx. %1) is required.  Consider creating one\n"
-"with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n"
+"with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP on MS-DOS or type 0x00 GPT\n"
+"PReP Boot on GPT.\n"
 "\n"
 "Really use the setup without /boot partition?\n"
 msgstr ""
@@ -1125,7 +1142,7 @@
 "Vill du använda installationen utan /boot-partition?\n"
 
 #. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:389
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:391
 msgid ""
 "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n"
 "boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n"
@@ -1144,7 +1161,7 @@
 "\n"
 "Vill du använda den här konfigurationen?\n"
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:417
 msgid ""
 "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n"
 "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n"
@@ -1157,7 +1174,7 @@
 "Vill du använda inställningen?\n"
 
 #. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:433
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:435
 msgid ""
 "Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n"
 "installation might not be directly bootable, because\n"
@@ -1174,7 +1191,7 @@
 "Vill du använda den här konfigurationen?\n"
 
 #. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:451
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:453
 msgid ""
 "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n"
 "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n"
@@ -1199,7 +1216,7 @@
 "Vill du använda den här konfigurationen?\n"
 
 #. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:473
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:475
 msgid ""
 "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n"
 "encounter problems when booting, because you have no \n"
@@ -1224,12 +1241,12 @@
 "Vill du använda den här konfigurationen?\n"
 
 #. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:496
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:498
 msgid "Really use this setup?"
 msgstr "Vill du använda den här inställningen?"
 
 #. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:504
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:506
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n"
@@ -1250,7 +1267,7 @@
 "Vill du använda konfigurationen utan växlingspartition?\n"
 
 #. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:520
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:522
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "You chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\n"
@@ -1263,7 +1280,7 @@
 "i synnerhet inte i följande fall:\n"
 
 #. continued popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:527
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:529
 msgid ""
 "- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n"
 "- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n"
@@ -1276,7 +1293,7 @@
 "- om den här partitionen inte innehåller något filsystem ännu.\n"
 
 #. continued popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:534
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:536
 msgid ""
 "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n"
 "formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n"
@@ -1287,7 +1304,7 @@
 "som /, /boot, /opt eller /var.\n"
 
 #. continued popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:540
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:542
 msgid ""
 "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n"
 "\n"
@@ -1298,7 +1315,7 @@
 "Vill du låta partitionen vara oformaterad?\n"
 
 #. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:601
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:603
 msgid ""
 "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
 "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n"
@@ -1307,7 +1324,7 @@
 "Ta bort den från RAID innan du ändrar den.\n"
 
 #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:612
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:614
 msgid ""
 "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n"
 "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n"
@@ -1316,7 +1333,7 @@
 "Ta bort den från volymgruppen innan du ändrar den.\n"
 
 #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:622
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:624
 msgid ""
 "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n"
 "Remove the volume before editing it.\n"
@@ -1325,7 +1342,7 @@
 "Ta bort volymen innan du ändrar den.\n"
 
 #. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:655
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:657
 msgid ""
 "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
 "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n"
@@ -1334,7 +1351,7 @@
 "Ta bort den från RAID innan du tar bort den.\n"
 
 #. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:666
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:668
 msgid ""
 "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n"
 "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n"
@@ -1342,12 +1359,12 @@
 "Enheten (%2) används av %1.\n"
 "Ta bort %1 innan du ändrar den.\n"
 
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:678
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:680
 msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted."
 msgstr "Den kan inte tas bort när den är monterad."
 
 #. popup text, %1 is a device name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:714
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:716
 msgid ""
 "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n"
 "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n"
@@ -1356,7 +1373,7 @@
 "och att en annan logisk partition med ett högre nummer används.\n"
 
 #. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:790
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:792
 msgid ""
 "The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n"
 "%1\n"
@@ -1369,7 +1386,7 @@
 "Välj Avbryt om du inte vet exakt vad du gör.\n"
 
 #. popup text, Do not translate LVM.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:808
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:810
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n"
@@ -1384,7 +1401,7 @@
 "innan den utökade partitionen tas bort.\n"
 
 #. popup text, Do not translate RAID.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:819
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:821
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1399,7 +1416,7 @@
 "den utökade partitionen tas bort.\n"
 
 #. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:830
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:832
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -3236,7 +3253,7 @@
 
 #. error popup
 #. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5250
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5251
 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified."
 msgstr "Disken används och kan inte ändras."
 
@@ -6068,11 +6085,11 @@
 msgstr "Vill du fortsätta trots felet?"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5262
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5263
 msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used."
 msgstr "Det går inte att skapa partitioner eftersom andra partitioner på disken används."
 
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5288
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5289
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n"
@@ -6082,7 +6099,7 @@
 "Det går inte att ändra enheten %1 eftersom den innehåller aktiverat växlingsutrymme\n"
 "som behövs för att utföra installationen.\n"
 
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5302
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5303
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n"
@@ -6092,7 +6109,7 @@
 "Det går inte att ändra enheten %1 eftersom den innehåller installationsdata\n"
 "som behövs för att utföra installationen.\n"
 
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5331
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5332
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n"
@@ -6102,7 +6119,7 @@
 "Det går inte att ta bort enheten %1 eftersom den innehåller aktiverat växlingsutrymme\n"
 "som behövs för att utföra installationen.\n"
 
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5340
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5341
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n"
@@ -6112,7 +6129,7 @@
 "Det går inte att ta bort enheten %1 eftersom den innehåller installationsdata\n"
 "som behövs för att utföra installationen.\n"
 
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5369
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5370
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n"
@@ -6124,7 +6141,7 @@
 "enheten %2, som innehåller aktiverat växlingsutrymme som behövs \n"
 "för att utföra installationen.\n"
 
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5380
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5381
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n"
@@ -6135,7 +6152,7 @@
 "enheten %2, som innehåller installationsdata som behövs för att utföra installationen.\n"
 
 #. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779)
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5402
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5403
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n"
@@ -6146,18 +6163,18 @@
 "disken %2 används.\n"
 
 #. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5491
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5492
 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!"
 msgstr "Tilldelat rotfilsystem saknas!"
 
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5492
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5493
 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!"
 msgstr "Installationen kommer med största sannolikhet att misslyckas!"
 
 #. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over
 #. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now
 #. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6042
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6043
 msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1"
 msgstr "Det gick inte att lägga till följande resurser: %1"
 

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/sudo.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/sudo.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:50:31 UTC (rev 96894)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/sudo.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:53:39 UTC (rev 96895)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: sudo\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:45\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/support.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/support.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:50:31 UTC (rev 96894)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/support.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:53:39 UTC (rev 96895)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: support\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:45\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/sysconfig.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/sysconfig.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:50:31 UTC (rev 96894)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/sysconfig.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:53:39 UTC (rev 96895)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: sysconfig\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:45\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/tftp-server.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/tftp-server.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:50:31 UTC (rev 96894)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/tftp-server.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:53:39 UTC (rev 96895)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: tftp-server\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:45\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/timezone_db.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/timezone_db.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:50:31 UTC (rev 96894)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/timezone_db.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:53:39 UTC (rev 96895)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: timezone_db\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:45\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/tune.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/tune.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:50:31 UTC (rev 96894)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/tune.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:53:39 UTC (rev 96895)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: tune\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:45\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/update.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/update.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:50:31 UTC (rev 96894)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/update.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:53:39 UTC (rev 96895)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: update\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:45\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"
@@ -166,9 +166,9 @@
 #. TRANSLATORS: label for an unknown installed system
 #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:69 src/clients/inst_update.rb:74
 #: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:100 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:106
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:156
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1441 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1447
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1994
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:157
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1442 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1448
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2005
 msgid "Unknown"
 msgstr "Okänd"
 
@@ -271,19 +271,6 @@
 "Vill du verkligen\n"
 "ångra dina manuella val?"
 
-#. error report
-#. inform user in the proposal about the failed mount
-#. error report
-#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:79
-#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:385
-msgid "Failed to mount target system"
-msgstr "Kan inte montera målsystem"
-
-#. Correctly mounted but incomplete installation found
-#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:84
-msgid "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected."
-msgstr "En installation som kan vara ofullständig har identifierats."
-
 #. proposal for packages during update, %1 is count of packages
 #: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:119
 msgid "Packages to Update: %1"
@@ -329,6 +316,14 @@
 msgid "%1 on root partition %2"
 msgstr "%1 på rotpartition %2"
 
+#. inform user in the proposal about the failed mount
+#. error report
+#. error report
+#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:385
+#: src/lib/update/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:64
+msgid "Failed to mount target system"
+msgstr "Kan inte montera målsystem"
+
 #. this is a heading
 #: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:149
 msgid "Selected for Update"
@@ -582,8 +577,13 @@
 msgid "&Yes, Continue"
 msgstr "&Ja, fortsätt"
 
+#. Correctly mounted but incomplete installation found
+#: src/lib/update/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:69
+msgid "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected."
+msgstr "En installation som kan vara ofullständig har identifierats."
+
 #. Link to SDB article concerning renaming of devices.
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:109
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:110
 msgid ""
 "See the SDB article at %1 for details\n"
 "about how to solve this problem."
@@ -592,17 +592,17 @@
 "information om hur du kan lösa problemet."
 
 #. label - name of sustem to update
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:147
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:148
 msgid "Unknown Linux System"
 msgstr "Okänt Linux-system"
 
 #. label - name of sustem to update
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:152
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:153
 msgid "Non-Linux System"
 msgstr "Icke Linux-system"
 
 #. error report, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1)
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:308
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:309
 msgid ""
 "Cannot unmount partition %1.\n"
 "\n"
@@ -617,7 +617,7 @@
 "starta om datorn.\n"
 
 #. label, %1 is partition
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:379
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:380
 msgid "Checking partition %1"
 msgstr "Kontrollerar partition %1"
 
@@ -626,23 +626,23 @@
 #. @param string button (true)
 #. @param string button (false)
 #. @param [String] details (hidden under [Details] button; optional; to disable, use "")
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:416
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:417
 msgid "Show &Details"
 msgstr "Visa &detaljer"
 
 #. #176292, run fsck before jfs is mounted
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:498
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:499
 msgid "Checking file system on %1..."
 msgstr "Kontrollerar filsystem på %1..."
 
 #. popup headline
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:530
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:531
 msgid "File System Check Failed"
 msgstr "Filsystemskontrollen misslyckades"
 
 #. popup question (continue/cancel dialog)
 #. %1 is a device name such as /dev/hda5
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:534
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:535
 msgid ""
 "The file system check of device %1 has failed.\n"
 "\n"
@@ -653,24 +653,24 @@
 "Vill du fortsätta att montera enheten?\n"
 
 #. button
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:543
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:544
 msgid "&Skip Mounting"
 msgstr "&Hoppa över montering"
 
 #. yes-no popup
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1065
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1066
 msgid "Incorrect password. Try again?"
 msgstr "Felaktigt lösenord. Försöka igen?"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1168
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1169
 msgid "Warning"
 msgstr "Varning"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: error message,
 #. %1 is replaced with the current /boot partition size
 #. %2 with the recommended size
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1173
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1174
 msgid ""
 "Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n"
 "We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not fit.\n"
@@ -687,7 +687,7 @@
 "Vill du fortsätta att uppdatera det nuvarande systemet?\n"
 
 #. label in a popup, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1), %2 is output of the 'mount' command
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1265
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1266
 msgid ""
 "The partition %1 could not be mounted.\n"
 "\n"
@@ -708,27 +708,27 @@
 "Om du vill avbryta uppdateringen klickar du på Avbryt.\n"
 
 #. push button
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1283
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1284
 msgid "&Specify Mount Options"
 msgstr "Ange montering&salternativ"
 
 #. popup heading
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1299
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1300
 msgid "Mount Options"
 msgstr "Monteringsalternativ"
 
 #. text entry label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1302
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1303
 msgid "&Mount Point"
 msgstr "&Monteringspunkt"
 
 #. tex entry label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1305
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1306
 msgid "&Device"
 msgstr "En&het"
 
 #. text entry label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1310
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1311
 msgid ""
 "&File System\n"
 "(empty for autodetection)"
@@ -737,12 +737,12 @@
 "(tom för automatisk identifiering)"
 
 #. error message
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1387
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1388
 msgid "The /var partition %1 could not be mounted.\n"
 msgstr "Partitionen /var %1 kunde inte monteras.\n"
 
 #. Informational text about selected partition, %x are replaced with values later
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1428
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1429
 msgid ""
 "<b>File system:</b> %1, <b>Type:</b> %2,<br>\n"
 "<b>Label:</b> %3, <b>Size:</b> %4,<br>\n"
@@ -754,17 +754,17 @@
 "<b>udev-ID:</b> %5,<br>\n"
 "<b>udev-sökväg:</b> %6"
 
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1442
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1443
 msgid "None"
 msgstr "Ingen"
 
 #. a popup caption
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1465
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1466
 msgid "Unable to find the /var partition automatically"
 msgstr "Det gick inte att hitta partitionen /var automatiskt"
 
 #. a popup message
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1470
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1471
 msgid ""
 "Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the upgrade\n"
 "process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition manually\n"
@@ -775,22 +775,22 @@
 "så att uppgraderingsprocessen kan fortsätta."
 
 #. a combo-box label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1483
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1484
 msgid "&Select /var Partition Device"
 msgstr "&Ange /var-partitionsenhet"
 
 #. an informational rich-text widget label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1489
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1490
 msgid "Device Info"
 msgstr "Enhetsinformation"
 
 #. error message
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1630
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1631
 msgid "Unable to mount /var partition with this disk configuration.\n"
 msgstr "Kan inte montera partitionen /var med den här diskinställningen.\n"
 
 #. popup message, %1 will be replace with the name of the logfile
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1661
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1662
 msgid ""
 "Partitions could not be mounted.\n"
 "\n"
@@ -803,7 +803,7 @@
 #. read the keyboard settings now, so that it used when
 #. typing passwords for encrypted partitions
 #. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1705
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1706
 msgid ""
 "Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This is\n"
 "not reliable for the update since kernel-device names are unfortunately not\n"
@@ -816,32 +816,32 @@
 " till någon annan metod för alla partitioner."
 
 #. error message
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1723
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1724
 msgid "No fstab found."
 msgstr "Hittade ingen fstab."
 
 #. message part 1
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1748
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1749
 msgid "The root partition in /etc/fstab has an invalid root device.\n"
 msgstr "Rotpartitionen i /etc/fstab har en ogiltig rotenhet.\n"
 
 #. message part 2
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1753
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1754
 msgid "It is currently mounted as %1 but listed as %2.\n"
 msgstr "Är för tillfället monterad som %1 men listad som %2.\n"
 
 #. prepare progress-bar
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2115
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2130
 msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..."
 msgstr "Utvärderar rotpartition. Vänta..."
 
 #. intermediate popup while mounting partitions
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2197
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2213
 msgid "Mounting partitions. One moment please..."
 msgstr "Monterar partitioner. Vänta..."
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2212
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2228
 msgid "Searching for Available Systems"
 msgstr "Söker efter tillgängliga system"
 

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/users.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/users.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:50:31 UTC (rev 96894)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/users.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:53:39 UTC (rev 96895)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: users\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:45\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"
@@ -245,6 +245,18 @@
 msgid "New UID of the user"
 msgstr "Användarens nya UID"
 
+#. Checking double user entries
+#. (double username or UID)
+#. @param [Array] users to check
+#: src/clients/users_auto.rb:172
+msgid "Found users in profile with equal <username>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Do not check users without defined UID. (bnc#996823)
+#: src/clients/users_auto.rb:178
+msgid "Found users in profile with equal <uid>."
+msgstr ""
+
 #. helptext 1/3
 #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:105
 msgid ""
@@ -673,7 +685,7 @@
 #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247
 #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364
 #: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:193
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:471
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:473
 msgid ""
 "The passwords do not match.\n"
 "Try again."
@@ -713,7 +725,7 @@
 #. text entry
 #. text entry
 #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:583
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:585
 msgid "User's &Full Name"
 msgstr "Användarens &fullständiga namn"
 
@@ -735,7 +747,7 @@
 #. input field for login name
 #. input field for login name
 #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:590
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:592
 msgid "&Username"
 msgstr "&Användarnamn"
 
@@ -752,7 +764,7 @@
 #. checkbox label
 #. checkbox label
 #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:614
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:616
 msgid "U&se this password for system administrator"
 msgstr "A&nvänd det här lösenordet för systemadministratören"
 
@@ -948,7 +960,7 @@
 #. User can confirm using "invalid" password confirming all the errors
 #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391
 #: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:212
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:483
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:485
 msgid "Really use this password?"
 msgstr "Vill du använda det här lösenordet?"
 
@@ -1087,7 +1099,7 @@
 "</p>"
 
 #. help text 4/4
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:90 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:160
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:90 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:164
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
@@ -1261,7 +1273,7 @@
 " </p>\n"
 
 #. alternative help text 1/7
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:212 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:139
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:212 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:143
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "Enter the <b>User's Full Name</b>, <b>Username</b>, and <b>Password</b> to\n"
@@ -1314,7 +1326,7 @@
 
 #. these are used only during installation time
 #. help text 4/7 (only during installation)
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:259 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:176
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:259 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:180
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>\n"
@@ -2089,7 +2101,7 @@
 #. the type of user set
 #. New user is the default option
 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:275
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:279
 msgid "Local Users"
 msgstr "Lokala användare"
 
@@ -3177,7 +3189,7 @@
 "Försök igen."
 
 #. reenable suggestion
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:134
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:138
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "Use one of the available options to add local users to the system.\n"
@@ -3189,11 +3201,11 @@
 "Lokala användare lagras i <i>/etc/passwd</i> och <i>/etc/shadow</i>.\n"
 "</p>\n"
 
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:138
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:142
 msgid "Create new user"
 msgstr "Skapa ny användare"
 
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:142
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:146
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n"
@@ -3207,7 +3219,7 @@
 " </p>\n"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: %{min} and %{max} will be replaced by numbers
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:149
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:153
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "The password length should be between %{min}\n"
@@ -3219,7 +3231,7 @@
 " och %{max} tecken.\n"
 "</p>\n"
 
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:165
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:169
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "For the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n"
@@ -3235,15 +3247,15 @@
 " Användarnamn har striktare restriktioner än lösenord. Du kan redigera restriktionerna i filen /etc/login.defs. På manualsidan finns mer information.\n"
 " </p>\n"
 
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:172
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:176
 msgid "<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>"
 msgstr "<p>Markera <b>Använd det här lösenordet för systemadministratören</b> om samma lösenord har angetts för den första användaren ska användas för root.</p>"
 
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:183
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:187
 msgid "Import User Data from a Previous Installation"
 msgstr "Importera användardata från en tidigare installation"
 
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:184
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:188
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "A previous Linux installation with local users has been detected.\n"
@@ -3259,11 +3271,11 @@
 "importeras.\n"
 "</p>\n"
 
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:192
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:196
 msgid "Skip User Creation"
 msgstr "Hoppa över att skapa användare"
 
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:193
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:197
 msgid ""
 "<p>\n"
 "Sometimes root is the only needed local user, like in network environments\n"
@@ -3277,12 +3289,12 @@
 "någon lokal användare.\n"
 "</p>\n"
 
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:275
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:279
 msgid "Local User"
 msgstr "Lokal användare"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: Error popup
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:330
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:332
 msgid ""
 "The new username cannot be blank.\n"
 "If you don't want to create a user now, select\n"
@@ -3293,7 +3305,7 @@
 "'Hoppa över att skapa användare'."
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:387
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:389
 msgid ""
 "No users from the previous installation were choosen.\n"
 "If you don't want to create a user now, select\n"
@@ -3304,34 +3316,34 @@
 "'Hoppa över att skapa användare'."
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: radio button
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:514
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:516
 msgid "&Create New User"
 msgstr "&Skapa ny användare"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: radio button
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:537
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:539
 msgid "&Import User Data from a Previous Installation"
 msgstr "&Importera användardata från en tidigare installation"
 
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:547
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:549
 msgid "Choose Users"
 msgstr "Välj användare"
 
 #. TRANSLATORS: radio button
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:563
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:565
 msgid "&Skip User Creation"
 msgstr "&Hoppa över att skapa användare"
 
 #. checkbox label
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:619
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:621
 msgid "&Automatic Login"
 msgstr "&Automatisk inloggning"
 
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:626
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:628
 msgid "No users selected"
 msgstr "Inga användare har valts"
 
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:628
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:630
 msgid "%d user will be imported"
 msgid_plural "%d users will be imported"
 msgstr[0] "%d användare kommer att importeras"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/vm.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/vm.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:50:31 UTC (rev 96894)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/vm.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:53:39 UTC (rev 96895)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: vm\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:45\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/vpn.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/vpn.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:50:31 UTC (rev 96894)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/vpn.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:53:39 UTC (rev 96895)
@@ -14,43 +14,41 @@
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 
-#. Manage VPN client secrets.
-#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:56
+#. Manage VPN client secrets.
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:56
 msgid "Pre-shared key for gateways"
 msgstr "I förväg delad gateway-nyckel"
 
-#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:57
-#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:57 src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62
 msgid "Gateway IP"
 msgstr "Gateway"
 
-#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:57
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:57
 msgid "Pre-shared key"
 msgstr "I förväg delad nyckel"
 
-#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:59
-#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:63
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:59 src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:63
 msgid "Set"
 msgstr "Ange"
 
-#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:60 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:188
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:60 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:188
 msgid "Show key"
 msgstr "Visa nyckel"
 
-#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:61
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:61
 msgid "Certificate/key pair for gateways"
 msgstr "Certifikat/nyckelpar för gateway"
 
-#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62
 msgid "Certificate"
 msgstr "Certifikat"
 
-#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62
 msgid "Key"
 msgstr "Nyckel"
 
-#. Make sure that tables are filled, then save all settings.
-#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:121
+#. Make sure that tables are filled, then save all settings.
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:121
 msgid ""
 "Shared keys for the following gateways are still missing:\n"
 "%s"
@@ -58,7 +56,7 @@
 "Delade nycklar för följande gateway saknas ännu: \n"
 "%s"
 
-#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:127
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:127
 msgid ""
 "Certificates for the following gateways are still missing:\n"
 "%s"
@@ -66,118 +64,116 @@
 "Certifikat för följande gateway saknas ännu: \n"
 "%s"
 
-#. Load PSKs
-#. Reload gateway PSK text input.
-#. Load XAuth
-#. Load EAP
-#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:140 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:224
-#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:233 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:239
+#. Load PSKs
+#. Reload gateway PSK text input.
+#. Load XAuth
+#. Load EAP
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:140 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:224
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:233 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:239
 msgid "(hidden)"
 msgstr "(dold)"
 
-#. Remove the selected EAP user.
-#. Remove the selected XAuth user.
-#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:120 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:141
+#. Remove the selected EAP user.
+#. Remove the selected XAuth user.
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:120 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:141
 msgid "Please select a user to delete."
 msgstr "Markera den användare som ska tas bort."
 
-#. Save PSK and certificate settings. Note that XAUTH and EAP user lists are already saved.
-#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:154
+#. Save PSK and certificate settings. Note that XAUTH and EAP user lists are already saved.
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:154
 msgid "A pre-shared key is mandatory. Please enter a pre-shared key."
 msgstr "Det är obligatoriskt att dela en nyckel i förväg. Ange en i förväg delad nyckel."
 
-#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:166
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:166
 msgid "Please enter both certificate file path and key file path."
 msgstr "Ange sökvägar till både certifikat och nycklar"
 
-#. Event handlers
-#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:175
-#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:64
+#. Event handlers
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:175 src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:64
 msgid "Pick a PEM encoded certificate file"
 msgstr "Välj en PEM-kodad certifikatfil"
 
-#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:180
-#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:69
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:180 src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:69
 msgid "Pick a PEM encoded certificate key file"
 msgstr "Välj en PEM-kodad nyckelfil"
 
-#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:186
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:186
 msgid "Gateway pre-shared key"
 msgstr "I förväg delad gateway-nyckel"
 
-#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:192
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:192
 msgid "Gateway certificate"
 msgstr "Skapa certifikat."
 
-#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:194
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:194
 msgid "Path to certificate file"
 msgstr "Sökvägen till certifikatfilen måste anges."
 
-#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:195 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:198
-#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:50
-#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:53
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:195 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:198
+#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:50
+#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:53
 msgid "Pick.."
 msgstr "Välj..."
 
-#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:197
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:197
 msgid "Path to certificate key file"
 msgstr "Sökvägen till certifikatfilen måste anges."
 
-#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:202
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:202
 msgid "User credentials for Android, iOS, MacOS X clients"
 msgstr "Användaruppgifter för Android-, iOS-, MacOS X-klienter"
 
-#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:203 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:212
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:203 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:212
 msgid "Username"
 msgstr "Användarnamn"
 
-#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:203 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:212
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:203 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:212
 msgid "Password"
 msgstr "Lösenord"
 
-#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:205 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:214
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:205 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:214
 msgid "Add"
 msgstr "Lägg till"
 
-#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:206 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:215
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:206 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:215
 msgid "Delete"
 msgstr "Ta bort"
 
-#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:207 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:216
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:207 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:216
 msgid "Show Password"
 msgstr "Visa lösenord"
 
-#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:211
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:211
 msgid "User credentials for Windows 7, Windows 8 clients"
 msgstr "Användaruppgifter för Windows 7- och Windows 8-klienter"
 
-#. Return a user-friendly brief description of the connection.
-#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:199
+#. Return a user-friendly brief description of the connection.
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:199
 msgid "Gateway - PSK"
 msgstr "Gateway – PSK"
 
-#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:201
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:201
 msgid "Gateway - Certificate"
 msgstr "Gateway – Certifikat"
 
-#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:203
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:203
 msgid "Gateway - Mobile clients"
 msgstr "Gateway – Mobilklienter"
 
-#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:205
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:205
 msgid "Gateway - Windows clients"
 msgstr "Gateway – Windows-klienter"
 
-#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:207
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:207
 msgid "Client - PSK"
 msgstr "Klient – PSK"
 
-#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:209
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:209
 msgid "Client - Certificate"
 msgstr "Klient&certifikat"
 
-#. Load parameters from connections of known scenarios
-#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:239
+#. Load parameters from connections of known scenarios
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:239
 msgid ""
 "ipsec.conf and ipsec.secrets have been manipulated outside of this module.\n"
 "Continue using the module will remove your customisation."
@@ -185,13 +181,13 @@
 "ipsec.conf och ipsec.secrets har manipulerats utanför modulen.\n"
 "Om du fortsätter använda modulen försvinner din anpassning."
 
-#. Create a new connection, by default it is a site-to-site client. Return true if successful.
-#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:310
+#. Create a new connection, by default it is a site-to-site client. Return true if successful.
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:310
 msgid "The connection name is already used."
 msgstr "Domännamnet används redan."
 
-#. Find an unused gateway scenario
-#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:327
+#. Find an unused gateway scenario
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:327
 msgid ""
 "You may only have one gateway connection per scenario.\n"
 "All of gateway scenarios are already used."
@@ -199,8 +195,8 @@
 "Du får endast ha en gateway-anslutning per scenario.\n"
 "Alla gateway-scenarion används redan."
 
-#. Warn against duplicated configuration
-#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:344
+#. Warn against duplicated configuration
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:344
 msgid ""
 "The scenario is already configured with another gateway.\n"
 "You may not have two gateways operating under one scenario."
@@ -208,53 +204,53 @@
 "Scenariot har redan konfigurerats för en annan gateway.\n"
 "Du får inte ha två olika gateway-anslutningar i samma scenario."
 
-#. Create the user (:xauth or :eap). Return true if successful.
-#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:442
+#. Create the user (:xauth or :eap). Return true if successful.
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:442
 msgid "The user name is already used."
 msgstr "Namnet används redan"
 
-#. Set client certificate/key for a connection to remote gateway. Return true if successful, otherwise false.
-#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:506
+#. Set client certificate/key for a connection to remote gateway. Return true if successful, otherwise false.
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:506
 msgid "Cannot find a matching client connection."
 msgstr "Det går inte att hitta någon matchande klientanslutning."
 
-#. Render global options, connection list, and connection configuration frames.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:60
+#. Render global options, connection list, and connection configuration frames.
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:60
 msgid "VPN Gateway and Client"
 msgstr "VPN-gateway och klient"
 
-#. Left side: global config & connection management
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:66
+#. Left side: global config & connection management
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:66
 msgid "Global Configuration"
 msgstr "Globala inställningar"
 
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:68
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:68
 msgid "Enable VPN daemon"
 msgstr "Aktivera SSSD-daemon"
 
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:70
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:70
 msgid "Reduce TCP MSS"
 msgstr "Minska TCP MSS"
 
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:73
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:73
 msgid "All VPNs"
 msgstr "Alla VPN"
 
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:76
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:76
 msgid "New VPN"
 msgstr "Nytt VPN"
 
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:77
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:77
 msgid "Delete VPN"
 msgstr "Ta bort &DN"
 
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:79
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:79
 msgid "View Connection Status"
 msgstr "Visa anslutningsstatus"
 
-#. Event handlers
-#. Display a help text to let user know why reducing MSS is sometimes necessary.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:103
+#. Event handlers
+#. Display a help text to let user know why reducing MSS is sometimes necessary.
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:103
 msgid ""
 "If VPN clients have trouble accessing certain Internet sites, it is possible that the affected hosts prevent automatic MTU (maximum transmission unit) discovery due to incorrect firewall configuration.\n"
 "Reducing TCP-MSS will correct the situation; however, the available bandwidth will be reduced by about 10%."
@@ -262,22 +258,22 @@
 "Om VPN-klienterna har svårt att komma åt vissa webbplatser kan det bero på att värdarna har blockerat identifiering av automatisk MTU (maximal överföringsenhet) på grund av felaktig brandväggskonfiguration.\n"
 "Du kan korrigera problemet genom att minska TCP-MSS, men bandbredden minskar med cirka 10 %."
 
-#. Delete the chosen VPN connection.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:124
+#. Delete the chosen VPN connection.
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:124
 msgid "Delete connection"
 msgstr "Ta bort anslutning"
 
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:125
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:125
 msgid "Are you sure to delete connection "
 msgstr "Vill du ta bort containern %1?"
 
-#. Check for incomplete configuration
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:144
+#. Check for incomplete configuration
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:144
 msgid "Please complete configuration for the following connections:\n"
 msgstr "Slutför konfigureringen av följande anslutningar:\n"
 
-#. Consider enabling the daemon
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:151
+#. Consider enabling the daemon
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:151
 msgid ""
 "There are VPN connections but the daemon is not enabled.\n"
 "Would you like to enable the VPN daemon?"
@@ -285,125 +281,125 @@
 "Det finns VPN-anslutningar, men demonen har inte aktiverats.\n"
 "Vill du aktivera VPN-demonen?"
 
-#. Ask user whether he wants to view daemon log
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:172
+#. Ask user whether he wants to view daemon log
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:172
 msgid "Settings have been successfully applied."
 msgstr "Tjänsten %s har aktiverats."
 
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:174
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:174
 msgid "Failed to configure IPSec daemon."
 msgstr "Det gick inte att konfigurera IPSec-demonen."
 
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:177
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:177
 msgid "Would you like to view daemon log and connection status?"
 msgstr "Vill du visa demonlogg och anslutningsstatus?"
 
-#. Open dialog to edit VPN client passwords/certificates.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:289
+#. Open dialog to edit VPN client passwords/certificates.
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:289
 msgid "Please enter gateway IP before editing credentials."
 msgstr "Ange IP-adress till gateway innan du redigerar inloggningsuppgifterna."
 
-#. Render a table of configured gateway and client connections.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365
+#. Render a table of configured gateway and client connections.
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365
 msgid "Name"
 msgstr "Namn"
 
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365
 msgid "Description"
 msgstr "Beskrivning"
 
-#. Render configuration controls for the chosen connection.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:380
+#. Render configuration controls for the chosen connection.
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:380
 msgid "Click 'New VPN' to create a gateway or client."
 msgstr "Klicka på Nytt VPN om du vill skapa en gateway eller en klient."
 
-#. Make widgets for connection configuration
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:390
+#. Make widgets for connection configuration
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:390
 msgid "All IPv4 networks (0.0.0.0/0)"
 msgstr "Alla IPv4-nätverk (0.0.0.0/0)"
 
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:391
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:391
 msgid "All IPv6 networks (::/0)"
 msgstr "Alla IPv6-nätverk (::/0)"
 
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:393
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:393
 msgid "Limited CIDRs, comma separated:"
 msgstr "Begränsad CIDR, kommasepararerat:"
 
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399
 msgid "Connection name: "
 msgstr "Anslutningsnamn:"
 
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:400
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:400
 msgid "Type"
 msgstr "Typ"
 
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:402
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:402
 msgid "Gateway (Server)"
 msgstr "Gateway (server)"
 
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:403
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:403
 msgid "Client"
 msgstr "Klient"
 
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410
 msgid "The scenario is"
 msgstr "Scenariot är"
 
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:412
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:412
 msgid "Secure communication with a pre-shared key"
 msgstr "Säker kommunikation med i förväg delad nyckel"
 
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413
 msgid "Secure communication with a certificate"
 msgstr "Säker kommunikation med certifikat"
 
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:414
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:414
 msgid "Provide access to Android, iOS, MacOS X clients"
 msgstr "Ge åtkomst till Android-, iOS- och MacOS X-klienter"
 
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:415
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:415
 msgid "Provide access to Windows 7, Windows 8 clients"
 msgstr "Ge åtkomst till Windows 7- och Windows 8-klienter"
 
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:431
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:431
 msgid "Edit Credentials"
 msgstr "E&xterna inloggningsuppgifter"
 
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:420
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:420
 msgid "Provide VPN clients access to"
 msgstr "Ge VPN-klienter tillgång till"
 
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421
 msgid "Clients' address pool (e.g. 192.168.100.0/24)"
 msgstr "Klientens adresspool (t.ex. 192.168.100.0/24)"
 
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:425
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:425
 msgid "The gateway requires authentication"
 msgstr "Gateway kräver autentisering"
 
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427
 msgid "By a pre-shared key"
 msgstr "Med en i förväg delad nyckel"
 
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:428
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:428
 msgid "By a certificate"
 msgstr "Med ett certifikat"
 
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430
 msgid "VPN gateway IP"
 msgstr "IP-adress för VPN-gateway"
 
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:434
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:434
 msgid "Use the VPN tunnel to access"
 msgstr "Använd VPN-tunneln för att komma åt"
 
-#. They are however allowed in password
-#: src/lib/vpn/new_user_dialog.rb:64
+#. They are however allowed in password
+#: src/lib/vpn/new_user_dialog.rb:64
 msgid "Please enter both username and password."
 msgstr "Ange både användarnamn och lösenord."
 
-#: src/lib/vpn/new_user_dialog.rb:68
+#: src/lib/vpn/new_user_dialog.rb:68
 msgid ""
 "Please refrain from using special characters and spaces in the username.\n"
 "Acceptable characters are: A-Z, a-z, 0-9, dash, underscore"
@@ -411,17 +407,17 @@
 "Du får inte använda specialtecken och blanksteg i användarnamnet.\n"
 "Följande tecken är godkända: A–Z, a–z, 0-9, minustecken, understreck"
 
-#. Create a new VPN connection - by default it is a site-to-site gateway.
-#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:46
+#. Create a new VPN connection - by default it is a site-to-site gateway.
+#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:46
 msgid "Please enter a name for the new VPN connection"
 msgstr "Ange ett namn på den nya domänen."
 
-#. Return :ok if new VPN connection is created, otherwise :cancel.
-#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:58
+#. Return :ok if new VPN connection is created, otherwise :cancel.
+#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:58
 msgid "Please enter a VPN connection name."
 msgstr "Ange ett namn på VPN-anslutningen."
 
-#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:62
+#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:62
 msgid ""
 "Please refrain from using special characters and spaces in the name.\n"
 "Acceptable characters are: A-Z, a-z, 0-9, dash, underscore\n"
@@ -431,44 +427,44 @@
 "Följande tecken är godkända: A-Z, a-z, 0-9, minustecken, understreck\n"
 "Namnet måste börja med en bokstav."
 
-#. Ask for a new certificate/key combination for a VPN client
-#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:49
+#. Ask for a new certificate/key combination for a VPN client
+#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:49
 msgid "Path to certificate file:"
 msgstr "Sökvägen till certifikatfilen måste anges."
 
-#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:52
+#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:52
 msgid "Path to certificate key file:"
 msgstr "Sökvägen till certifikatfilen måste anges."
 
-#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:54
+#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:54
 msgid "Please do not store the key in the certificate file itself."
 msgstr "Lagra inte nyckeln i själva certifikatfilen."
 
-#. Return tuple of certificate and certificate key locations.
-#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:80
+#. Return tuple of certificate and certificate key locations.
+#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:80
 msgid "Please enter both certificate file and key file."
 msgstr "Ange både certifikat- och nyckelfil."
 
-#. Return password string.
-#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_psk_dialog.rb:59
+#. Return password string.
+#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_psk_dialog.rb:59
 msgid "Please enter a password."
 msgstr "Ange ett lösenord"
 
-#. View log dialog displays current status about all IPSec connections.
-#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:49
+#. View log dialog displays current status about all IPSec connections.
+#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:49
 msgid "The logs are refreshed automatically every 3 seconds."
 msgstr "Loggarna uppdateras automatiskt var tredje sekund."
 
-#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:51
+#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:51
 msgid "Restart VPN Daemon"
 msgstr "Starta om NTP-demon"
 
-#. Restart IPSec daemon service.
-#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:76
+#. Restart IPSec daemon service.
+#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:76
 msgid "Confirm daemon restart"
 msgstr "Bekräfta omstart av nätverk"
 
-#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:77
+#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:77
 msgid ""
 "Existing connections will be interrupted.\n"
 "Do you still wish to continue?"
@@ -476,32 +472,32 @@
 "De befintliga anslutingarna avbryts.\n"
 "Vill du ändå fortsätta?"
 
-#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:81
+#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:81
 msgid "Failed to restart IPSec daemon"
 msgstr "Det gick inte att starta om CUPS-demonen"
 
-#. Read daemon status and refresh the content of log views.
-#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:100
+#. Read daemon status and refresh the content of log views.
+#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:100
 msgid "Status not available: is the daemon running?"
 msgstr "Status ej tillgänglig: körs demonen?"
 
-#. Install packages
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:174
+#. Install packages
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:174
 msgid "Failed to install IPSec packages."
 msgstr "Det gick inte att installera paketet"
 
-#. Enable/disable daemon
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:182
+#. Enable/disable daemon
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:182
 msgid "Failed to start IPSec daemon."
 msgstr "Det gick inte att starta CUPS-demonen"
 
-#. Configure IP forwarding
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:212
+#. Configure IP forwarding
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:212
 msgid "Failed to apply IP forwarding settings using sysctl:"
 msgstr "Det gick inte att tillämpa IP-vidarebefordring med sysctl:"
 
-#. Configure/deconfigure firewall
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:228
+#. Configure/deconfigure firewall
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:228
 msgid ""
 "SuSE firewall is enabled but not activated.\n"
 "In order for VPN to function properly, SuSE firewall will now be activated."
@@ -509,11 +505,11 @@
 "SuSE-brandväggen har aktiverats men inte startats ännu.\n"
 "SuSE-brandväggen kommer nu att startas, detta är en förutsättning för att VPN ska fungera korrekt."
 
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:232 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:237
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:232 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:237
 msgid "Failed to restart SuSE firewall."
 msgstr "Det gick inte att starta om SuSE-brandväggen."
 
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:243
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:243
 msgid ""
 "Both VPN gateway and clients require special SuSE firewall configuration.\n"
 "SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n"
@@ -523,29 +519,29 @@
 "SuSE-brandväggen har inte aktiverats och du måste därför köra ett manuellt konfigurationsskript vid varje omstart. Skriptet kommer nu att köras.\n"
 "Skriptet finns på %s"
 
-#. AutoYaST: Return a rich text summary of the current configuration.
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282
+#. AutoYaST: Return a rich text summary of the current configuration.
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282
 msgid "VPN Global Settings"
 msgstr "Inställningar"
 
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:283
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:283
 msgid "Enable VPN (IPSec) daemon: %s"
 msgstr "Aktivera VPN-demon (IPSec): %s"
 
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:284
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:284
 msgid "Reduce TCP MSS: %s"
 msgstr "Minska TCP MSS: %s"
 
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:285
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:285
 msgid "Gateway and Connections"
 msgstr "Gateway och anslutningar"
 
-#. Gateway summary
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:291
+#. Gateway summary
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:291
 msgid "A gateway serving clients in "
 msgstr "En gateway som betjänar klienter i "
 
-#. Client summary
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:295
+#. Client summary
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:295
 msgid "A client connecting to "
 msgstr "Internetanslutningsverktyg för SUSE "

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/wol.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/wol.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:50:31 UTC (rev 96894)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/wol.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:53:39 UTC (rev 96895)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: wol\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:45\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/xpram.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/xpram.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:50:31 UTC (rev 96894)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/xpram.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:53:39 UTC (rev 96895)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: xpram\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:45\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"

Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/yast2-apparmor.sv.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/yast2-apparmor.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:50:31 UTC (rev 96894)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po/yast2-apparmor.sv.po	2016-09-13 12:53:39 UTC (rev 96895)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: yast2-apparmor\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:45\n"
 "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"

    

[opensuse-translation-commit] r96895 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/sv/po

keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org

tags

participants (1)